1 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> |
---|
2 | <html><head> |
---|
3 | <meta content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" http-equiv="content-type"><title>PALM chapter 4.2</title></head> |
---|
4 | <body> |
---|
5 | <h3 style="line-height: 100%;"><a name="Kapitel4.2"></a>4.2 <a href="#Laufparameter">Runtime |
---|
6 | parameters</a> and <a href="#Paketparameter">package |
---|
7 | parameters</a></h3> |
---|
8 | <h3 style="margin-bottom: 0cm; line-height: 100%;"><a name="Laufparameter"></a> |
---|
9 | Runtime parameters:</h3> |
---|
10 | <br> |
---|
11 | <br> |
---|
12 | <table style="text-align: left; width: 100%;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"> |
---|
13 | <tbody> |
---|
14 | <tr> |
---|
15 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="4"><b>Parameter name</b></font></td> |
---|
16 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="4"><b>Type</b></font></td> |
---|
17 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
18 | <p><b><font size="4">Default</font></b> <br> |
---|
19 | <b><font size="4">value</font></b></p> |
---|
20 | </td> |
---|
21 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="4"><b>Explanation</b></font></td> |
---|
22 | </tr> |
---|
23 | <tr> |
---|
24 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="averaging_interval"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">averaging_interval</span><br> |
---|
25 | </td> |
---|
26 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
27 | </td> |
---|
28 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">0.0</span><br> |
---|
29 | </td> |
---|
30 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Averaging interval for all output of temporally averaged data (in s).<br><br>This |
---|
31 | parameter defines the time interval length for temporally averaged data |
---|
32 | (vertical profiles, spectra, 2d cross-sections, 3d volume data). By |
---|
33 | default, data are not subject to temporal averaging. The interval |
---|
34 | length is limited by the parameter <a href="#dt_data_output_av">dt_data_output_av</a>. In any case, <span style="font-weight: bold;">averaging_interval</span> <= <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_data_output_av</span> must hold.<br><br>If |
---|
35 | an interval is defined, then by default the average is calculated from |
---|
36 | the data values of all timesteps lying within this interval. The number |
---|
37 | of time levels entering into the average can be reduced with the |
---|
38 | parameter <a href="#dt_averaging_input">dt_averaging_input</a>.<br><br>If an averaging interval can not be completed at the end of a run, it |
---|
39 | will be finished at the beginning of the next restart run. Thus for |
---|
40 | restart runs, averaging intervals do not |
---|
41 | necessarily begin at the beginning of the run.<br><br>Parameters <a href="#averaging_interval_pr">averaging_interval_pr</a> and <a href="#averaging_interval_sp">averaging_interval_sp</a> can be used to define different averaging intervals for vertical profile data and spectra, respectively.<br> |
---|
42 | </td> |
---|
43 | </tr> |
---|
44 | <tr> |
---|
45 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
46 | <p><a name="averaging_interval_pr"></a><b>averaging_interval_pr</b></p> |
---|
47 | </td> |
---|
48 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
49 | </td> |
---|
50 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">value of <a href="#averaging_interval">averaging_<br> |
---|
51 | interval</a><br> |
---|
52 | </span> |
---|
53 | </td> |
---|
54 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
55 | <p>Averaging interval for output of vertical profiles to local |
---|
56 | file <font color="#000000"><font color="#000000"><a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_1D_PR_NETCDF">DATA_1D_PR_NETCDF</a> </font></font>and/or <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA">PLOT1D_DATA</a> |
---|
57 | (in s). </p> |
---|
58 | <p>If |
---|
59 | this parameter is given a non-zero value, temporally |
---|
60 | averaged vertical profile data are output. By default, profile data |
---|
61 | data are not subject to temporal averaging. The interval length is |
---|
62 | limited by the parameter <a href="#dt_dopr">dt_dopr</a>. In any case <b>averaging_interval_pr</b> <= <b>dt_dopr </b>must |
---|
63 | hold.</p>If an interval is defined, then by default the average is calculated |
---|
64 | from the data values of all timesteps lying within this interval. The |
---|
65 | number of time levels entering into the average can be reduced with the |
---|
66 | parameter <a href="#dt_averaging_input_pr">dt_averaging_input_pr</a>. |
---|
67 | <p>If |
---|
68 | an averaging interval can not be completed at the end of a run, it will |
---|
69 | be finished at the beginning of the next restart run. Thus for restart |
---|
70 | runs, averaging intervals do not |
---|
71 | necessarily begin at the beginning of the run.</p> |
---|
72 | </td> |
---|
73 | </tr> |
---|
74 | |
---|
75 | <tr> |
---|
76 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="call_psolver_at_all_substeps"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">call_psolver_at_all_<br> |
---|
77 | substeps</span></td> |
---|
78 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
79 | </td> |
---|
80 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">.T.</span><br> |
---|
81 | </td> |
---|
82 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Switch |
---|
83 | to steer the call of the pressure solver.<br> |
---|
84 | <br> |
---|
85 | In order to speed-up performance, the Poisson equation for perturbation |
---|
86 | pressure (see <a href="#psolver">psolver</a>) can be called only at the last substep of multistep Runge-Kutta |
---|
87 | timestep schemes (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#timestep_scheme">timestep_scheme</a>) by setting <span style="font-weight: bold;">call_psolver_at_all_substeps</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.F.</span>. |
---|
88 | In many cases, this sufficiently reduces the divergence of the velocity |
---|
89 | field. Nevertheless, small-scale ripples (2-delta-x) may occur. In this |
---|
90 | case and in case |
---|
91 | of non-cyclic lateral boundary conditions, <span style="font-weight: bold;">call_psolver_at_all_timesteps</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.T.</span> should be used. <span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></td> |
---|
92 | </tr> |
---|
93 | <tr> |
---|
94 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
95 | <p><a name="fcl_factor"></a><b>cfl_factor</b></p> |
---|
96 | </td> |
---|
97 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
98 | </td> |
---|
99 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
100 | <p><i>0.1, 0.8 or 0.9</i> <br> |
---|
101 | <i>(see right)</i></p> |
---|
102 | </td> |
---|
103 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
104 | <p lang="en-GB">Time step limiting factor. </p> |
---|
105 | |
---|
106 | |
---|
107 | <p><span lang="en-GB">In the model, the <span lang="en-GB">maximum |
---|
108 | allowed </span>time step according to CFL and diffusion-criterion |
---|
109 | dt_max is reduced by </span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB">dt</span></a> <span lang="en-GB">= dt_max * <b>cfl_factor</b> |
---|
110 | in order to avoid stability problems which may arise in the vicinity of |
---|
111 | the maximum allowed timestep. The condition <i>0.0</i> < <b>cfl_factor</b> |
---|
112 | < <i>1.0 </i>applies.<br> |
---|
113 | </span></p> |
---|
114 | |
---|
115 | |
---|
116 | <p><span lang="en-GB">The default value of cfl_factor depends on |
---|
117 | the </span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#timestep_scheme"><span lang="en-GB">timestep_scheme</span></a><span lang="en-GB"> used:<br> |
---|
118 | </span></p> |
---|
119 | |
---|
120 | |
---|
121 | <p><span lang="en-GB">For the third order Runge-Kutta scheme it |
---|
122 | is <b>cfl_factor</b> = </span><span style="font-style: italic;">0.9</span><span lang="en-GB">.<br> |
---|
123 | </span></p> |
---|
124 | |
---|
125 | |
---|
126 | <p><span lang="en-GB">In case of the leapfrog scheme a quite |
---|
127 | restrictive value of <span style="font-weight: bold;">cfl_factor</span> |
---|
128 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">0.1 </span></span><span lang="en-GB">is used because for larger values the velocity divergence |
---|
129 | significantly effects the accuracy of the model results.</span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#scalar_advec"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a><span lang="en-GB"> Possibly larger values may |
---|
130 | be used with the leapfrog scheme but these are to be determined by |
---|
131 | appropriate test runs.<span style="font-family: times new roman;"><br> |
---|
132 | </span></span></p> |
---|
133 | |
---|
134 | <span lang="en-GB"><span style="font-family: times new roman;"></span><font face="Times New Roman">The default value for the Euler scheme is <span style="font-weight: bold;">cfl_factor</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">0.8</span> .</font></span></td> |
---|
135 | </tr> |
---|
136 | <tr> |
---|
137 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
138 | <p><a name="create_disturbances"></a><b>create_disturbances</b></p> |
---|
139 | </td> |
---|
140 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
141 | </td> |
---|
142 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">.T.</span><br> |
---|
143 | </td> |
---|
144 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
145 | <p>Switch to impose random perturbations to the horizontal |
---|
146 | velocity field. </p> |
---|
147 | <p>With <b>create_disturbances</b> = <i>.T.,</i> random |
---|
148 | perturbations can be imposed to the horizontal velocity field at |
---|
149 | certain times e.g. in order to trigger off the onset of convection, |
---|
150 | etc..<br> |
---|
151 | </p> |
---|
152 | <p>The temporal interval between these times can be steered with <a href="#dt_disturb">dt_disturb</a>, |
---|
153 | the vertical range of the perturbations with <a href="#disturbance_level_b">disturbance_level_b</a> |
---|
154 | and <a href="#disturbance_level_t">disturbance_level_t</a>, |
---|
155 | and the perturbation amplitude with <a href="#disturbance_amplitude">disturbance_amplitude</a>. |
---|
156 | In case of non-cyclic lateral boundary conditions (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#bc_lr">bc_lr</a> |
---|
157 | and <a href="chapter_4.1.html#bc_ns">bc_ns</a>), |
---|
158 | the horizontal range of the perturbations is determined by <a href="chapter_4.1.html#inflow_disturbance_begin">inflow_disturbance_begin</a> |
---|
159 | and <a href="chapter_4.1.html#inflow_disturbance_end">inflow_disturbance_end</a>. |
---|
160 | A perturbation is added to each grid point with its individual value |
---|
161 | determined by multiplying the disturbance amplitude with a uniformly |
---|
162 | distributed random number. |
---|
163 | After this, the arrays of u and v are smoothed by applying a |
---|
164 | Shuman-filter twice and made divergence-free by applying the pressure |
---|
165 | solver.<br> |
---|
166 | </p> |
---|
167 | <p>The random number generator to be used can be chosen with <a href="chapter_4.1.html#random_generator">random_generator</a>.<br> |
---|
168 | </p> |
---|
169 | <p>As soon as the desired flow features have developed |
---|
170 | (e.g. convection has started), further imposing of perturbations |
---|
171 | is not necessary and can be omitted (this does not hold for non-cyclic |
---|
172 | lateral boundaries!). This can be steered by assigning |
---|
173 | an upper limit value for the perturbation energy (the perturbation |
---|
174 | energy is defined by the deviation of the velocity from the mean flow) |
---|
175 | using the parameter <a href="#disturbance_energy_limit">disturbance_energy_limit</a>. |
---|
176 | As soon as the perturbation energy has exceeded this energy limit, no |
---|
177 | more random perturbations are assigned<br> |
---|
178 | . <br> |
---|
179 | Timesteps where a random perturbation has been imposed are marked in |
---|
180 | the local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#RUN_CONTROL">RUN_CONTROL</a> |
---|
181 | by the character "D" appended to the values of the maximum horizontal |
---|
182 | velocities. </p> |
---|
183 | </td> |
---|
184 | </tr> |
---|
185 | <tr> |
---|
186 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
187 | <p><a name="cross_normalized_x"></a><b>cross_normalized_x</b></p> |
---|
188 | </td> |
---|
189 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*10 <br> |
---|
190 | (100)</td> |
---|
191 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>100 * ' '</i></td> |
---|
192 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
193 | <p>Type of normalization applied to the x-coordinate of vertical |
---|
194 | profiles to be plotted with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>.</p> |
---|
195 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>.</p><p>If vertical profiles are plotted with the plot software <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span> (data on local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA">PLOT1D_DATA</a>, |
---|
196 | parameters on local file <a href="http://www.muk.uni-hannover.de/%7Eraasch/PALM_group/PLOT1D_PAR">PLOT1D_PAR</a>) |
---|
197 | the x-values of the data points can be normalized with respect to |
---|
198 | certain quantities (e.g. the near-surface heat flux) in order to ensure |
---|
199 | a better comparability. This type of normalization then applies to all |
---|
200 | profiles of one coordinate system (panel). The normalization quantities |
---|
201 | are re-calculated for each output time of each individual profile. If |
---|
202 | temporally averaged profiles are output (see <a href="#averaging_interval_pr">averaging_interval_pr</a>), |
---|
203 | then the normalization quantities are also temporally averaged |
---|
204 | accordingly. If the value of a normalization quantity becomes zero, |
---|
205 | then normalization for the total respective coordinate system (panel) |
---|
206 | is switched off automatically (also for the y-axis).<br> |
---|
207 | </p> |
---|
208 | <p>By default, the normalization quantities are calculated as the |
---|
209 | horizontal mean of the total model domain and and these values are also |
---|
210 | used for the normalization of profiles from subdomains (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#statistic_regions">statistic_regions</a>). |
---|
211 | Instead of this, they can be calculated from the data of a certain |
---|
212 | subdomain by using the parameter <a href="#normalizing_region">normalizing_region</a> |
---|
213 | (however, they are used again for all subdomains and even for the total |
---|
214 | domain). </p> |
---|
215 | <p>The user can choose between the following normalization |
---|
216 | quantities: <br> |
---|
217 | </p> |
---|
218 | <table style="text-align: left; width: 100%;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"> |
---|
219 | <tbody> |
---|
220 | <tr> |
---|
221 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>'wpt0'</i></td> |
---|
222 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Normalization with respect |
---|
223 | to the total surface sensible heat |
---|
224 | flux (k=0 ).</td> |
---|
225 | </tr> |
---|
226 | <tr> |
---|
227 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><i>'ws2'</i></td> |
---|
228 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Normalization with respect |
---|
229 | to w<sub>*</sub> <sup>2</sup> |
---|
230 | (square of the characteristic vertical wind speed of the CBL)</td> |
---|
231 | </tr> |
---|
232 | <tr> |
---|
233 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>'tsw2'</i></td> |
---|
234 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Normalization with respect |
---|
235 | to the square of the characteristic |
---|
236 | temperature of the CBL theta<sub>*</sub> (this is defined as ratio of |
---|
237 | the surface heat flux and w<sub>*</sub>).</td> |
---|
238 | </tr> |
---|
239 | <tr> |
---|
240 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><i>'ws3'</i></td> |
---|
241 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Normalization with respect |
---|
242 | to w<sub>*</sub> <sup>3</sup>.</td> |
---|
243 | </tr> |
---|
244 | <tr> |
---|
245 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><i>'ws2tsw'</i></td> |
---|
246 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Normalization with respect |
---|
247 | to w<sub>*</sub><sup>2</sup>theta<sub>*</sub> |
---|
248 | (for definition of theta<sub>*</sub> see <span style="font-style: italic;">'tsw2'</span>).</td> |
---|
249 | </tr> |
---|
250 | <tr> |
---|
251 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><i>'wstsw2'</i></td> |
---|
252 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Normalization with respect |
---|
253 | to w<sub>*</sub><sup>2 </sup>theta<sub>*</sub> |
---|
254 | (for definition of theta<sub>*</sub> see <span style="font-style: italic;">'tsw2'</span>).</td> |
---|
255 | </tr> |
---|
256 | </tbody> |
---|
257 | </table> |
---|
258 | <p>For each coordinate system (panel) to be drawn (see <a href="#cross_profiles">cross_profiles</a>) |
---|
259 | an individual normalization quantity can be assigned. For example: if <span style="font-weight: bold;">cross_normalized_x</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'ws2'</span><i>,'ws3'</i>, then the |
---|
260 | x-values in the 1st coordinate system are normalized with respect to w<sub>*</sub><sup>2</sup> |
---|
261 | and in the 2nd system with respect to w<sub>*</sub><sup>3</sup>. Data |
---|
262 | of the further coordinate systems (if any are to be drawn) are not |
---|
263 | normalized. </p> |
---|
264 | <p>Using a normalization leaves all vertical profile data on |
---|
265 | local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA">PLOT1D_DATA</a> |
---|
266 | unaffected, it only affects the visualization. Within <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>, the normalization is steered |
---|
267 | by parameter <a href="http://www.muk.uni-hannover.de/institut/software/profil_beschreibung.html#NORMX">normx</a> |
---|
268 | which may be changed subsequently by the user in the parameter file |
---|
269 | (local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_PAR">PLOT1D_PAR</a>).<br> |
---|
270 | <br> |
---|
271 | The assigned normalization quantity is noted in the axes labels of the |
---|
272 | respective coordinate systems (see <a href="#cross_xtext">cross_xtext</a>).</p> |
---|
273 | </td> |
---|
274 | </tr> |
---|
275 | <tr> |
---|
276 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
277 | <p><a name="cross_normalized_y"></a><b>cross_normalized_y</b></p> |
---|
278 | </td> |
---|
279 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*10 <br> |
---|
280 | (100)</td> |
---|
281 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>100 * ' '</i></td> |
---|
282 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
283 | <p>Type of normalization applied to the y-coordinate of vertical |
---|
284 | profiles to be plotted with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. </p> |
---|
285 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>.</p><p>If vertical profiles are plotted with the plot software <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span> (data on local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA">PLOT1D_DATA</a>, |
---|
286 | parameter on local file <a href="http://www.muk.uni-hannover.de/%7Eraasch/PALM_group/PLOT1D_PAR">PLOT1D_PAR</a>) |
---|
287 | the y-values of the data points can be normalized with respect to |
---|
288 | certain quantities (at present only the normalization with respect to |
---|
289 | the boundary layer height is possible) in order to ensure a better |
---|
290 | comparability. </p> |
---|
291 | <p>The user can choose between the following normalization |
---|
292 | quantities: <br> |
---|
293 | </p> |
---|
294 | <table style="text-align: left; width: 100%;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"> |
---|
295 | <tbody> |
---|
296 | <tr> |
---|
297 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>'z_i'</i></td> |
---|
298 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Normalization with respect |
---|
299 | to the boundary layer height |
---|
300 | (determined from the height where the heat flux achieves its minimum |
---|
301 | value).</td> |
---|
302 | </tr> |
---|
303 | </tbody> |
---|
304 | </table> |
---|
305 | <p>For further explanations see <a href="#cross_normalized_x">cross_normalized_x.</a></p> |
---|
306 | </td> |
---|
307 | </tr> |
---|
308 | <tr> |
---|
309 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
310 | <p><a name="cross_profiles"></a><b>cross_profiles</b></p> |
---|
311 | </td> |
---|
312 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*100 <br> |
---|
313 | (100)</td> |
---|
314 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">see right<br> |
---|
315 | </td> |
---|
316 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
317 | <p>Determines which vertical profiles are to be presented in |
---|
318 | which coordinate system if the plot software <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span> is used. </p> |
---|
319 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>.</p><p>The default assignment is: </p> |
---|
320 | <p><b>cross_profiles</b> = </p> |
---|
321 | <ul> |
---|
322 | <p><span style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;">' |
---|
323 | u v ',</span><br> |
---|
324 | <span style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;">' pt |
---|
325 | ', </span><br style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;"> |
---|
326 | <span style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;">' |
---|
327 | w"pt" w*pt* w*pt*BC wpt wptBC ', </span><br style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;"> |
---|
328 | <span style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;">' |
---|
329 | w"u" w*u* wu w"v"w*v* wv ', </span><br style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;"> |
---|
330 | <span style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;">' km |
---|
331 | kh ',</span><br style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;"> |
---|
332 | <span style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;">' l ' |
---|
333 | ,</span><br> |
---|
334 | 14 * <span style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;">' '</span></p> |
---|
335 | </ul> |
---|
336 | <p>If plot output of vertical profiles is produced (see <a href="#data_output_pr">data_output_pr</a>), |
---|
337 | the appropriate data are written to the local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA">PLOT1D_DATA</a>. |
---|
338 | Simultaneously, the model produces a parameter file (local name <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_PAR">PLOT1D_PAR</a>) |
---|
339 | which describes the layout for a plot to be generated with the plot |
---|
340 | program <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. The parameter <b>cross_profiles</b> |
---|
341 | determines how many coordinate systems (panels) the plot contains and |
---|
342 | which profiles are supposed to be drawn into which panel. <b>cross_profiles</b> |
---|
343 | expects a character string (up to 100 characters long) for each |
---|
344 | coordinate system, which consists of the names of the profiles to be |
---|
345 | drawn into this system (all available profiles and their respective |
---|
346 | names are described at parameter <a href="#data_output_pr">data_output_pr</a>). |
---|
347 | The single names have to be separated by one blank (' ') and a blank |
---|
348 | must be spent also at the beginning and at the end of the string. |
---|
349 | </p> |
---|
350 | <p>Example: </p> |
---|
351 | <ul> |
---|
352 | <p><b>cross_profiles</b> = <span style="font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;">' u v ', ' pt '</span></p> |
---|
353 | </ul> |
---|
354 | <p>In this case the plot consists of two coordinate systems |
---|
355 | (panels) with the first panel containing the profiles of the horizontal |
---|
356 | velocity components (<span style="font-style: italic;">'u'</span> and <span style="font-style: italic;">'v'</span>) of all output times (see <a href="#dt_dopr">dt_dopr</a>) |
---|
357 | and the second one containing the profiles of the potential temperature |
---|
358 | (<span style="font-style: italic;">'pt'</span>).<br> |
---|
359 | </p> |
---|
360 | <p>Whether the coordinate systems are actually drawn, depends on |
---|
361 | whether data of the appropriate profiles were output during the run |
---|
362 | (profiles to be output have to be selected with the parameter <a href="#data_output_pr">data_output_pr</a>). |
---|
363 | For example if <b>data_output_pr</b> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'u'</span>, |
---|
364 | <span style="font-style: italic;">'v'</span> was assigned, then |
---|
365 | the plot only consists of one panel, since no profiles of the potential |
---|
366 | temperature were output. On the other hand, if profiles were assigned |
---|
367 | to <b>data_output_pr </b>whose names do not appear in <b>cross_profiles</b>, |
---|
368 | then the respective profile data are output (<a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA">PLOT1D_DATA</a>) |
---|
369 | but they are not drawn in the plot. <br> |
---|
370 | </p> |
---|
371 | The arrangement of the panels in the plot can be controlled |
---|
372 | with the parameters <a href="#profile_columns">profile_columns</a> |
---|
373 | and <a href="#profile_rows">profile_rows</a>. |
---|
374 | Up to 100 panels systems are allowed in a plot (however, they may be |
---|
375 | distributed on several pages).</td> |
---|
376 | </tr> |
---|
377 | <tr> |
---|
378 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
379 | <p><a name="cross_ts_uymax"></a><b>cross_ts_uymax</b></p> |
---|
380 | </td> |
---|
381 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R(10)</td> |
---|
382 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">10 * </span><br> |
---|
383 | 999.999</td> |
---|
384 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
385 | <p>Maximum of the range of y-axis values for coordinate systems |
---|
386 | of time series plots. </p> |
---|
387 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>.</p><p>If time series are output and plotted (see <a href="#data_output_ts">data_output_ts</a>), |
---|
388 | their range of values (which are to be presented at the y axis) is |
---|
389 | determined by the absolute maximum or minimum values these variables |
---|
390 | take within the time series. Singular extreme events can make the |
---|
391 | timeseries difficult to interpret. In order to solve for this problem, |
---|
392 | the range of values of the y-axis can be assigned manually with the |
---|
393 | parameters <b>cross_ts_uymax</b> and <a href="#cross_ts_uymin">cross_ts_uymin</a>. |
---|
394 | This can be done separately for each of the time series coordinate |
---|
395 | systems (panels). These panels are listed in the description of |
---|
396 | parameter <a href="#data_output_ts">data_output_ts</a>. |
---|
397 | If, for example, the user wants to limit the range of values of theta<sub>*</sub>, |
---|
398 | this may bbe done by <b>cross_ts_uymax</b>(4) = <i>5.0 </i>and <b>cross_ts_uymin</b>(4) |
---|
399 | = <i>- 5.0 </i>(theta* is by default presented in the 4th panel (see <a href="#data_output_ts">data_output_ts</a>). |
---|
400 | A one-sided limitation of the range of values may also be assigned.</p> |
---|
401 | </td> |
---|
402 | </tr> |
---|
403 | <tr> |
---|
404 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
405 | <p><a name="cross_ts_uymin"></a><b>cross_ts_uymin</b></p> |
---|
406 | </td> |
---|
407 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)</td> |
---|
408 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
409 | <p><i>10 *</i> <br> |
---|
410 | <i>999.999</i></p> |
---|
411 | </td> |
---|
412 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
413 | <p>Minimum of the range of y-axis values for coordinate systems |
---|
414 | of time series plot. </p> |
---|
415 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>.</p><p>For details see <a href="#cross_ts_uymax">cross_ts_uymax</a>.</p> |
---|
416 | </td> |
---|
417 | </tr> |
---|
418 | <tr> |
---|
419 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
420 | <p><a name="cross_xtext"></a><b>cross_xtext</b></p> |
---|
421 | </td> |
---|
422 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*40 <br> |
---|
423 | (100)</td> |
---|
424 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">see right<br> |
---|
425 | </td> |
---|
426 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
427 | <p>x-axis labels of vertical profile coordinate systems to be |
---|
428 | plotted with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. </p> |
---|
429 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>.</p><p>The default assignment is: </p> |
---|
430 | <p><b>cross_xtext</b> = </p> |
---|
431 | <ul> |
---|
432 | <p><span style="font-style: italic;">'wind speed in |
---|
433 | ms>->1', </span><br style="font-style: italic;"> |
---|
434 | <span style="font-style: italic;">'pot. temperature in |
---|
435 | K', </span><br style="font-style: italic;"> |
---|
436 | <span style="font-style: italic;">'heat flux in K |
---|
437 | ms>->1', </span><br style="font-style: italic;"> |
---|
438 | <span style="font-style: italic;">'momentum flux in |
---|
439 | m>2s>2', </span><br style="font-style: italic;"> |
---|
440 | <span style="font-style: italic;">'eddy diffusivity in |
---|
441 | m>2s>->1', </span><br style="font-style: italic;"> |
---|
442 | <span style="font-style: italic;">'mixing length in m',</span> |
---|
443 | <br> |
---|
444 | 14 * <span style="font-style: italic;">' '</span></p> |
---|
445 | </ul> |
---|
446 | <p>This parameter can be used to assign x-axis labels to vertical |
---|
447 | profiles to be plotted with the plot software <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil </span>(for output of vertical |
---|
448 | profile data see <a href="#data_output_pr">data_output_pr</a>).<br> |
---|
449 | The labels are assigned to those coordinate systems (panels) defined by |
---|
450 | <a href="#cross_profiles">cross_profiles</a> |
---|
451 | according to their respective order (compare the default values of <b>cross_xtext</b> |
---|
452 | and <b>cross_profiles</b>). </p> |
---|
453 | <p>Umlauts are possible (write “ in front of, similar to TeX), as |
---|
454 | well as super- and subscripts (use ">" or "<" in front of each |
---|
455 | character), special characters etc. (see UNIRAS manuals) when using the |
---|
456 | plot software <a href="http://www.muk.uni-hannover.de/institut/software/profil_beschreibung.html#chapter3.2.6">profil</a>.</p> |
---|
457 | </td> |
---|
458 | </tr> |
---|
459 | <tr> |
---|
460 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
461 | <p><a name="cycle_mg"></a><b>cycle_mg</b></p> |
---|
462 | </td> |
---|
463 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*1</td> |
---|
464 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>'w'</i></td> |
---|
465 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
466 | <p>Type of cycle to be used with the multi-grid method. </p> |
---|
467 | <p>This parameter determines which type of cycle is applied in |
---|
468 | the multi-grid method used for solving the Poisson equation for |
---|
469 | perturbation pressure (see <a href="#psolver">psolver</a>). |
---|
470 | It defines in which way it is switched between the fine and coarse |
---|
471 | grids. So-called v- and w-cycles are realized (i.e. <b>cycle_mg</b> |
---|
472 | may be assigned the values <i>'v'</i> or <i>'w'</i>). The |
---|
473 | computational cost of w-cycles is much higher than that of v-cycles, |
---|
474 | however, w-cycles give a much better convergence. </p> |
---|
475 | </td> |
---|
476 | </tr> |
---|
477 | <tr> |
---|
478 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
479 | <p><a name="data_output"></a><b>data_output</b></p> |
---|
480 | </td> |
---|
481 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C * 10 (100)<br> |
---|
482 | </td> |
---|
483 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">100 * ' '</span><br> |
---|
484 | </td> |
---|
485 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Quantities for which 2d cross section and/or 3d volume data are to be output.<br><br>PALM |
---|
486 | allows the output of instantaneous data as well as of temporally |
---|
487 | averaged data which is steered by the strings assigned to this |
---|
488 | parameter (see below).<br><br>By default, cross section data are output (depending on the selected cross sections(s), see below) to local files <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_2D_XY_NETCDF">DATA_2D_XY_NETCDF</a>, <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_2D_XZ_NETCDF">DATA_2D_XZ_NETCDF</a> and/or <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_2D_YZ_NETCDF">DATA_2D_YZ_NETCDF</a>. Volume data are output to file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_3D_NETCDF">DATA_3D_NETCDF</a>. If the user has switched on the output of temporally averaged data, these are written seperately to local files <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_2D_XY_AV_NETCDF">DATA_2D_XY_AV_NETCDF</a>, <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_2D_XZ_AV_NETCDF">DATA_2D_XZ_AV_NETCDF</a>, <a href="chapter_4.3.html#DATA_2D_YZ_AV_NETCDF">DATA_2D_YZ_AV_NETCDF</a>, and <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_3D_AV_NETCDF">DATA_3D_AV_NETCDF</a>, respectively.<br><br>The |
---|
489 | filenames already suggest that all files have NetCDF format. |
---|
490 | Informations about the file content (kind of quantities, array |
---|
491 | dimensions and grid coordinates) are part of the self describing NetCDF |
---|
492 | format and can be extracted from the NetCDF files using the command |
---|
493 | "ncdump -c <filename>". See chapter <a href="chapter_4.5.1.html">4.5.1</a> about processing the PALM NetCDF data.<br><br>The following quantities are available for output by default:<br><br><table style="text-align: left; width: 576px; height: 481px;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"><tbody><tr><td style="width: 106px;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">quantity name</span></td><td style="width: 196px;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">meaning</span></td><td><span style="font-weight: bold;">unit</span></td><td><span style="font-weight: bold;">remarks</span></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px;"><span style="font-style: italic;">e</span></td><td style="width: 196px;">SGS TKE</td><td>m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup></td><td></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">lwp*</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">liquid water path</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">m</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">only horizontal cross section is allowed, requires <a href="chapter_4.1.html#cloud_physics">cloud_physics</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">p</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">perturpation pressure</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">N/m<sup>2</sup>, Pa</td><td style="vertical-align: top;"></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">pc</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">particle/droplet concentration</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">#/gridbox</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">requires that particle advection is switched on by <span style="font-weight: bold;">mrun</span>-option "-p particles"</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">pr</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">mean particle/droplet radius </td><td style="vertical-align: top;">m</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">requires that particle advection is switched on by <span style="font-weight: bold;">mrun</span>-option "-p particles"</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">pt</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">potential temperature<br></td><td style="vertical-align: top;">K</td><td style="vertical-align: top;"></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">q</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">specific humidity (or total water content, if cloud physics is switched on)</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">kg/kg</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">requires <a href="chapter_4.1.html#moisture">moisture</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">ql</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">liquid water content</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">kg/kg</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">requires <a href="chapter_4.1.html#cloud_physics">cloud_physics</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span> or <a href="chapter_4.1.html#cloud_droplets">cloud_droplets</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">ql_c</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">change in liquid water content due to condensation/evaporation during last timestep</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">kg/kg</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">requires <a href="chapter_4.1.html#cloud_droplets">cloud_droplets</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">ql_v</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">volume of liquid water</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">m<sup>3</sup>/gridbox</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">requires <a href="chapter_4.1.html#cloud_droplets">cloud_droplets</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">ql_vp</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">weighting factor</td><td style="vertical-align: top;"></td><td style="vertical-align: top;">requires <a href="chapter_4.1.html#cloud_droplets">cloud_droplets</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">qv</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">water vapor content (specific humidity)</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">kg/kg</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">requires <a href="chapter_4.1.html#cloud_physics">cloud_physics</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">s</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">concentration of the scalar</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">1/m<sup>3</sup></td><td style="vertical-align: top;">requires <a href="chapter_4.1.html#passive_scalar">passive_scalar</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">t*</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">(near surface) characteristic temperature</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">K</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">only horizontal cross section is allowed</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">u</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">u-component of the velocity</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">m/s</td><td style="vertical-align: top;"></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">u*</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">(near surface) friction velocity</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">m/s</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">only horizontal cross section is allowed</td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">v</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">v-component of the velocity</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">m/s</td><td style="vertical-align: top;"></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">vpt</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">virtual potential temperature</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">K</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">requires <a href="chapter_4.1.html#moisture">moisture</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span></td></tr><tr><td style="width: 106px; vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">w</span></td><td style="width: 196px; vertical-align: top;">w-component of the velocity</td><td style="vertical-align: top;">m/s</td><td style="vertical-align: top;"></td></tr></tbody></table><br>Multiple quantities can be assigned, e.g. <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'e'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'u'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'w'</span>.<br><br>By |
---|
494 | assigning the pure strings from the above table, 3d volume data is |
---|
495 | output. Cross section data can be output by appending the string <span style="font-style: italic;">'_xy'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'_xz'</span>, or <span style="font-style: italic;">'_yz'</span> to the respective quantities. Time averaged output is created by appending the string <span style="font-style: italic;">'_av' </span>(for |
---|
496 | cross section data, this string must be appended after the cross |
---|
497 | section string). Cross section data can also be (additionally) averaged |
---|
498 | along the direction normal to the respective section (see below). |
---|
499 | Assignments of quantities can be given in arbitrary |
---|
500 | order:<br><br>Example:<br><br><div style="margin-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'u'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'pt_xz_av'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'w_xy'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'u_av'</span>.<br></div><br>This |
---|
501 | example will create the following output: instantaneous 3d volume data |
---|
502 | of u-velocity component (by default on file DATA_3D_NETCDF), temporally |
---|
503 | averaged 3d volume data of u-velocity component (by default on file |
---|
504 | DATA_3D_AV_NETCDF), instantaneous horizontal cross section data of |
---|
505 | w-velocity component (by default on file DATA_2D_XY_NETCDF), and |
---|
506 | temporally averaged vertical cross section data of potential |
---|
507 | temperature (by default on file DATA_2D_XZ_AV_NETCDF).<br><br>The user is allowed to extend the above list of quantities by defining his own output quantities (see the user-parameter <a href="chapter_4.3.html#data_output_user">data_output_user</a>).<br><br>The time interval of the output times is determined via <a href="#dt_data_output">dt_data_output</a>. |
---|
508 | This is valid for all types of output quantities by default. Individual |
---|
509 | time intervals for instantaneous (!) 3d and section data can be |
---|
510 | declared using <a href="#dt_do3d">dt_do3d</a>, <a href="#dt_do2d_xy">dt_do2d_xy</a>, <a href="#dt_do2d_xz">dt_do2d_xz</a>, and <a href="#dt_do2d_yz">dt_do2d_yz</a>.<br><br>Also, an individual time interval for output of temporally averaged data can be assigned using parameter <a href="#dt_data_output_av">dt_data_output_av</a>. This applies to both 3d volume and cross section data. The length of the averaging interval is controlled via parameter <a href="#averaging_interval">averaging_interval</a>.<br><br>The parameter <a href="#skip_time_data_output">skip_time_data_output</a> can be used to shift data output activities for a given time interval. Individual intervals can be set using <a href="#skip_time_do3d">skip_time_do3d</a>, <a href="#skip_time_do2d_xy">skip_time_do2d_xy</a>, <a href="#skip_time_do2d_xz">skip_time_do2d_xz</a>, <a href="#skip_time_do2d_yz">skip_time_do2d_yz</a>, and <a href="#skip_time_data_output_av">skip_time_data_output_av</a>.<br><p>With the parameter <a href="chapter_4.2.html#nz_do3d">nz_do3d</a> |
---|
511 | the output can be limited in the vertical direction up to a certain |
---|
512 | grid point.<br> |
---|
513 | </p> |
---|
514 | |
---|
515 | Cross sections extend through the total model |
---|
516 | domain. In the two horizontal directions all grid points with 0 <= i |
---|
517 | <= nx+1 and 0 <= j |
---|
518 | <= ny+1 are output so that in case of cyclic boundary conditions the |
---|
519 | complete total domain is represented. The location(s) of the cross sections can be defined with parameters <a href="#section_xy">section_xy</a>, <a href="#section_xz">section_xz</a>, and <a href="#section_yz">section_yz</a>. Assigning <span style="font-weight: bold;">section_..</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">-1</span> causes the output data to be averaged along the direction normal to the respective section.<br><br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Output of user defined quantities:</span><br><br>Beside |
---|
520 | the standard quantities from the above list, the user can output any |
---|
521 | other quantities. These have to be defined and calculated within the |
---|
522 | user-defined code (see <a href="chapter_3.5.4.html">3.5.4</a>). They can be selected for output with the user-parameter <a href="chapter_4.3.html#data_output_user">data_output_user</a> for which the same rules apply as for <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output</span>. |
---|
523 | Output of the user defined quantities (time interval, averaging, |
---|
524 | selection of cross sections, etc.) is controlled with the parameters |
---|
525 | listed above and data are written to the same file(s) as the standard |
---|
526 | quantities.<br><br><p style="font-weight: bold;">Output on parallel machines:</p><p> |
---|
527 | By default, with parallel runs, processors output only data |
---|
528 | of their respective subdomains into seperate local files (file names |
---|
529 | are |
---|
530 | constructed by appending the four digit processor ID, e.g. |
---|
531 | <filename>_0000, <filename>_0001, etc.). After PALM has |
---|
532 | finished, the contents of these individual |
---|
533 | files are sampled into one final file<span style="font-weight: bold;"></span> using the program <tt><font style="font-size: 11pt;" size="2">combine_plot_fields.x</font></tt> |
---|
534 | (to be started e.g. by a suitable OUTPUT command in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">mrun</span> |
---|
535 | configuration file).</p> |
---|
536 | <p>Alternatively, PALM is able to collect all grid points of a |
---|
537 | cross section on PE0 before output is done. In this case only one |
---|
538 | output file (DATA_2D_XY_NETCDF, etc.) is created and <tt><font style="font-size: 11pt;" size="2">combine_plot_fields.x</font></tt> |
---|
539 | does not have to be called. In case of very large numbers of horizontal gridpoints, sufficient |
---|
540 | memory is required on PE0. This method can be used by assigning <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_2d_on_each_pe">data_output_2d_on_each_pe</a> |
---|
541 | = <i>.F.</i>.</p><p>3d volume data output is always handled seperately by each processor so that <span style="font-family: monospace;">combine_plot_fields.x</span> has to be called anyway after PALM has been finished.</p><p><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Old formats:</span></p> |
---|
542 | <p>Beside |
---|
543 | the NetCDF format, 2d cross section data and 3d volume data can |
---|
544 | also be output, for historical reasons, in a different (binary) format |
---|
545 | using parameter <a href="#data_output_format">data_output_format</a>.</p><p>By assigning <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_format </span>= <span style="font-style: italic;">'avs'</span>, the 3d volume data is output to the local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT3D_DATA">PLOT3D_DATA</a>. |
---|
546 | Output is in FORTRAN binary format readable by |
---|
547 | the plot software <span style="font-weight: bold;">AVS</span>. |
---|
548 | The order of data on the file follows the order used in the assignment |
---|
549 | for <b>data_output</b> (e.g. <b>data_output</b> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'p'</span>, |
---|
550 | <span style="font-style: italic;">'v'</span>,... |
---|
551 | means that the file starts with the pressure data, followed by the |
---|
552 | v-component of the velocity, etc.). Both instantaneous and time |
---|
553 | averaged data are written on this file! Additional to this file, PALM |
---|
554 | creates |
---|
555 | a second binary file (local name <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT3D_COOR">PLOT3D_COOR</a>) |
---|
556 | with coordinate information needed by <span style="font-weight: bold;">AVS</span>. |
---|
557 | As third and |
---|
558 | fourth file two ASCII files are created (AVS-FLD-format, local name <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT3D_FLD">PLOT3D_FLD</a> |
---|
559 | and <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT3D_FLD_COOR">PLOT3D_FLD_COOR</a>), |
---|
560 | which describe the contents of the data file and/or coordinate file |
---|
561 | and are used by AVS. However, AVS expects the content description in |
---|
562 | one file. This needs the local file PLOT3D_FLD_COOR to be appended to |
---|
563 | the file |
---|
564 | PLOT3D_FLD (by suitable OUTPUT command in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">mrun</span> |
---|
565 | configuration file: “<span style="font-family: monospace;">cat |
---|
566 | PLOT3D_FLD_COOR >> PLOT3D_FLD</span>”) after PALM has |
---|
567 | finished. To reduce the amount of data, output to this file can be done |
---|
568 | in |
---|
569 | compressed form (see <a href="chapter_4.2.html#do3d_compress">do3d_compress</a>). Further details about plotting 3d volume data with <span style="font-weight: bold;">AVS </span>can be found in <a href="chapter_4.5.5.html">chapter |
---|
570 | 4.5.5</a>.</p>By assigning <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_format </span>= <span style="font-style: italic;">'iso2d'</span>, the cross section data is output to the local files <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_XY">PLOT2D_XY</a>, <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_XZ">PLOT2D_XZ</a>, and <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_YZ">PLOT2D_YZ</a>. |
---|
571 | Output is in FORTRAN binary format readable by |
---|
572 | the plot software <span style="font-weight: bold;">iso2d</span>. |
---|
573 | The order of data on the files follows the order used in the assignment |
---|
574 | for <b>data_output</b> (e.g. <b>data_output</b> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'p_xy'</span>, |
---|
575 | <span style="font-style: italic;">'v_xy_av'</span>,... |
---|
576 | means that the file containing the horizontal cross section data starts |
---|
577 | with the instantaneous pressure data, followed by the |
---|
578 | temporally averaged v-component of the velocity, etc.). Both |
---|
579 | instantaneous and time averaged data are written on this |
---|
580 | file!Additional to these binary files, PALM |
---|
581 | creates NAMELIST parameter files |
---|
582 | (local names <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_XY_GLOBAL">PLOT2D_XY_GLOBAL</a>, |
---|
583 | <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_XY_LOCAL">PLOT2D_XY_LOCAL</a>, <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_XZ_GLOBAL">PLOT2D_XZ_GLOBAL</a>, <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_XZ_LOCAL">PLOT2D_XZ_LOCAL</a>, <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_YZ_GLOBAL">PLOT2D_YZ_GLOBAL</a>, <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_YZ_LOCAL">PLOT2D_YZ_LOCAL</a>) |
---|
584 | which can be used as parameter input files for the plot software <a href="http://www.muk.uni-hannover.de/institut/software/iso2d_beschreibung.html">iso2d</a>. |
---|
585 | That needs local files with suffix _LOCAL to be appended to the |
---|
586 | respective files with suffix _GLOBAL (by |
---|
587 | suitable OUTPUT commands in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">mrun</span> |
---|
588 | configuration file, e.g.: “<span style="font-family: monospace;">cat |
---|
589 | PLOT2D_XY_LOCAL >> PLOT2D_XY_GLOBAL</span>”) after PALM has |
---|
590 | finished. Cross sections can be directly plotted with <span style="font-weight: bold;">iso2d</span> using the respective data and |
---|
591 | parameter file. The plot layout is steered via the parameter input |
---|
592 | file. |
---|
593 | The values of these <span style="font-weight: bold;">iso2d</span> |
---|
594 | parameters are determined by a set of mostly internal PALM parameters |
---|
595 | (exception: <a href="chapter_4.2.html#z_max_do2d">z_max_do2d</a>). |
---|
596 | All parameter values can be changed by editing the parameter input |
---|
597 | file. Further details about plotting 2d cross sections with <span style="font-weight: bold;">iso2d </span>can be found in <a href="chapter_4.5.4.html">chapter |
---|
598 | 4.5.4</a>.<br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Important:</span><br>There is no guarantee that iso2d- and avs-output will be available in future PALM versions (later than 3.0). |
---|
599 | |
---|
600 | </td> |
---|
601 | </tr> |
---|
602 | <tr> |
---|
603 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="data_output_format"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_format</span><br> |
---|
604 | </td> |
---|
605 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C * 10 (10) |
---|
606 | </td> |
---|
607 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">'netcdf'</span> |
---|
608 | </td> |
---|
609 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Format of output data.<br><br>By default, all data (profiles, time |
---|
610 | series, spectra, particle data, cross sections, volume data) are output |
---|
611 | in NetCDF format (see chapter <a href="chapter_4.5.1.html">4.5.1</a>). Exception: restart data (local files <a href="chapter_3.4.html#BININ">BININ</a>, <a href="chapter_3.4.html#BINOUT">BINOUT</a>, <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PARTICLE_RESTART_DATA_IN">PARTICLE_RESTART_DATA_IN</a>, <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PARTICLE_RESTART_DATA_OUT">PARTICLE_RESTART_DATA_OUT</a>) |
---|
612 | are always output in FORTRAN binary format.<br><br>The numerical precision of the NetCDF output is determined with parameter <a href="#chapter_4.1.html#netcdf_precision">netcdf_precision</a>.<br><br>The maximum file size for NetCDF files is 2 GByte by default. Use the parameter <a href="#netcdf_64bit">netcdf_64bit</a> if larger files have to be created.<br><br>For historical reasons, other data formats are still available. Beside 'netcdf', <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_format</span> may be assigned the following values:<br><br><table style="text-align: left; width: 594px; height: 104px;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"><tbody><tr><td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span></td><td>output of profiles, time series and spectra in ASCII format to be read by the graphic software <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil </span>(see chapters <a href="chapter_4.5.2.html">4.5.2</a>, <a href="#chapter_4.5.3.html">4.5.3</a>)</td></tr><tr><td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">'iso2d'</span></td><td>output of 2d cross-sections in FORTRAN binary format to be read by the graphic software <span style="font-weight: bold;">iso2d</span> (see chapter <a href="chapter_4.5.4.html">4.5.4</a>)</td></tr><tr><td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">'avs'</span></td><td>output of 3d volume data in FORTRAN binary format to be read by the graphic software <span style="font-weight: bold;">AVS</span> (see chapter <a href="chapter_4.5.5.html">4.5.5</a>)</td></tr></tbody></table><br>Multiple values can be assigned to <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_format</span>, i.e. if the user wants to have both the "old" data format suitable for <span style="font-weight: bold;">iso2d</span> as well as cross section data in NetCDF format, then <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_format</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'iso2d'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'netcdf'</span> has to be assigned.<br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Warning:</span> There is no guarantee that the "old" formats will be available in future PALM versions (beyond 3.0)!<br> |
---|
613 | </td> |
---|
614 | </tr> |
---|
615 | <tr> |
---|
616 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
617 | <p><a name="data_output_pr"></a><b>data_output_pr</b></p> |
---|
618 | </td> |
---|
619 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C * 10 <br> |
---|
620 | |
---|
621 | (100)</td> |
---|
622 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>100 * ' '</i></td> |
---|
623 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
624 | <p>Quantities for which vertical profiles (horizontally averaged) |
---|
625 | are to be output. </p> |
---|
626 | |
---|
627 | |
---|
628 | <p>By default vertical profile data is output to the local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_1D_PR_NETCDF">DATA_1D_PR_NETCDF</a>. The file's format is NetCDF. Further details about processing NetCDF data are given in chapter <a href="chapter_4.5.1.html">4.5.1</a>.</p><p>For historical reasons, data can also be output in ASCII-format on local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA">PLOT1D_DATA</a> which is readable by the graphic software <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. See parameter <a href="#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> for defining the format in which data shall be output.<br> |
---|
629 | </p> |
---|
630 | |
---|
631 | |
---|
632 | <p>For horizontally averaged vertical |
---|
633 | profiles always <span style="font-weight: bold;">all</span> vertical |
---|
634 | grid points (0 <= k <= nz+1) are output to file. Vertical |
---|
635 | profile data refers to the total domain but profiles for subdomains can |
---|
636 | also be output (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#statistic_regions">statistic_regions</a>). |
---|
637 | </p> |
---|
638 | |
---|
639 | |
---|
640 | <p>The temporal interval of the output times of profiles is |
---|
641 | assigned via the parameter <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_dopr">dt_dopr</a>. |
---|
642 | Within the file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA">PLOT1D_DATA</a>, the profiles are ordered with respect to their |
---|
643 | output times.</p><p>Profiles can also be temporally averaged (see <a href="chapter_4.2.html#averaging_interval_pr">averaging_interval_pr</a>). <br> |
---|
644 | </p> |
---|
645 | |
---|
646 | |
---|
647 | |
---|
648 | |
---|
649 | |
---|
650 | <p>The following list shows the values which can be assigned to <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_pr</span>. |
---|
651 | The profile data is either defined on |
---|
652 | u-v-levels (variables marked in <font color="#ff6600">red</font>) or |
---|
653 | on w-levels (<font color="#33ff33">green</font>). According to this, |
---|
654 | the |
---|
655 | z-coordinates of the individual profiles vary. Beyond that, with a |
---|
656 | Prandtl layer switched on (<a href="chapter_4.1.html#prandtl_layer">prandtl_layer</a>) |
---|
657 | the lowest output |
---|
658 | level is z = zu(1) instead of z = zw(0) for profiles <i>w'' u'',w''v"</i>, |
---|
659 | <i>wu</i> and <i>wv</i> . <br> |
---|
660 | </p> |
---|
661 | |
---|
662 | |
---|
663 | <table style="text-align: left; width: 100%;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"> |
---|
664 | |
---|
665 | <tbody> |
---|
666 | <tr> |
---|
667 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>u</i></font></td> |
---|
668 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">u-component of the |
---|
669 | velocity (in m/s).</td> |
---|
670 | </tr> |
---|
671 | <tr> |
---|
672 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>v</i></font></td> |
---|
673 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">v-component of the |
---|
674 | velocity (in m/s).</td> |
---|
675 | </tr> |
---|
676 | <tr> |
---|
677 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w</i></font></td> |
---|
678 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">w-component of the |
---|
679 | velocity (in m/s).</td> |
---|
680 | </tr> |
---|
681 | <tr> |
---|
682 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>pt</i></font></td> |
---|
683 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Potential temperature (in |
---|
684 | K).</td> |
---|
685 | </tr> |
---|
686 | <tr> |
---|
687 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>vpt</i></font></td> |
---|
688 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Virtual potential |
---|
689 | temperature (in K).</td> |
---|
690 | </tr> |
---|
691 | <tr> |
---|
692 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>lpt</i></font></td> |
---|
693 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Potential liquid water |
---|
694 | temperature (in K).</td> |
---|
695 | </tr> |
---|
696 | <tr> |
---|
697 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>q</i></font></td> |
---|
698 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Total water content |
---|
699 | (in kg/kg).</td> |
---|
700 | </tr> |
---|
701 | <tr> |
---|
702 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>qv</i></font></td> |
---|
703 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Specific humidity (in |
---|
704 | kg/kg).</td> |
---|
705 | </tr> |
---|
706 | <tr> |
---|
707 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>ql</i></font></td> |
---|
708 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Liquid water content |
---|
709 | (in kg/kg).</td> |
---|
710 | </tr> |
---|
711 | <tr> |
---|
712 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#ff6600">s</font></td> |
---|
713 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Scalar concentration (in |
---|
714 | kg/m<sup>3</sup>).</td> |
---|
715 | </tr> |
---|
716 | <tr> |
---|
717 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>e</i></font></td> |
---|
718 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Turbulent kinetic energy |
---|
719 | (TKE, subgrid-scale) (in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>).</td> |
---|
720 | </tr> |
---|
721 | <tr> |
---|
722 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>e*</i></font></td> |
---|
723 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Perturbation energy |
---|
724 | (resolved) (in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>).</td> |
---|
725 | </tr> |
---|
726 | <tr> |
---|
727 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>km</i></font></td> |
---|
728 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Eddy diffusivity for |
---|
729 | momentum (in m<sup>2</sup>/s).</td> |
---|
730 | </tr> |
---|
731 | <tr> |
---|
732 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>kh</i></font></td> |
---|
733 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Eddy diffusivity for heat |
---|
734 | (in m<sup>2</sup>/s).</td> |
---|
735 | </tr> |
---|
736 | <tr> |
---|
737 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>l</i></font></td> |
---|
738 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Mixing length (in m).</td> |
---|
739 | </tr> |
---|
740 | <tr> |
---|
741 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w"u"</i></font></td> |
---|
742 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">u-component of the |
---|
743 | subgrid-scale vertical momentum flux (in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>).</td> |
---|
744 | </tr> |
---|
745 | <tr> |
---|
746 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*u*</i></font></td> |
---|
747 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">u-component of the |
---|
748 | resolved vertical momentum flux (in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>).</td> |
---|
749 | </tr> |
---|
750 | <tr> |
---|
751 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>wu</i></font></td> |
---|
752 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">u-component of the total |
---|
753 | vertical momentum flux (<i>w"u"</i> + <i>w*u*</i>) (in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>).</td> |
---|
754 | </tr> |
---|
755 | <tr> |
---|
756 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w"v"</i></font></td> |
---|
757 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">v-component of the |
---|
758 | subgrid-scale vertical momentum flux (in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>).</td> |
---|
759 | </tr> |
---|
760 | <tr> |
---|
761 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*v*</i></font></td> |
---|
762 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">v-component of the |
---|
763 | resolved vertical momentum flux (in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>).</td> |
---|
764 | </tr> |
---|
765 | <tr> |
---|
766 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>wv</i></font></td> |
---|
767 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">v-component of the total |
---|
768 | vertical momentum flux (<i>w"v"</i> + <i>w*v*</i>) (in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>).</td> |
---|
769 | </tr> |
---|
770 | <tr> |
---|
771 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w"pt"</i></font></td> |
---|
772 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Subgrid-scale vertical |
---|
773 | sensible heat flux (in K m/s).</td> |
---|
774 | </tr> |
---|
775 | <tr> |
---|
776 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*pt*</i></font></td> |
---|
777 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Resolved vertical sensible |
---|
778 | heat flux (in K m/s).</td> |
---|
779 | </tr> |
---|
780 | <tr> |
---|
781 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>wpt</i></font></td> |
---|
782 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Total vertical sensible |
---|
783 | heat flux (<i>w"pt"</i> + <i>w*pt*</i>) |
---|
784 | (in K |
---|
785 | m/s).</td> |
---|
786 | </tr> |
---|
787 | <tr> |
---|
788 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*pt*BC</i></font></td> |
---|
789 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Subgrid-scale vertical |
---|
790 | sensible heat flux using the |
---|
791 | Bott-Chlond scheme (in K m/s).</td> |
---|
792 | </tr> |
---|
793 | <tr> |
---|
794 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>wptBC</i></font></td> |
---|
795 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Total vertical sensible |
---|
796 | heat flux using the Bott-Chlond scheme |
---|
797 | (<i>w"pt"</i> |
---|
798 | + <i>w*pt*BC</i>) (in K m/s).</td> |
---|
799 | </tr> |
---|
800 | <tr> |
---|
801 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w"vpt"</i></font></td> |
---|
802 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Subgrid-scale vertical |
---|
803 | buoyancy flux (in K m/s).</td> |
---|
804 | </tr> |
---|
805 | <tr> |
---|
806 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*pt*</i></font></td> |
---|
807 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Resolved vertical buoyancy |
---|
808 | flux (in K m/s).</td> |
---|
809 | </tr> |
---|
810 | <tr> |
---|
811 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>wvpt</i></font></td> |
---|
812 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Total vertical buoyancy |
---|
813 | flux (w"vpt" + w*vpt*) (in K m/s).</td> |
---|
814 | </tr> |
---|
815 | <tr> |
---|
816 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w"q"</i></font></td> |
---|
817 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Subgrid-scale vertical |
---|
818 | water flux (in kg/kg m/s).</td> |
---|
819 | </tr> |
---|
820 | <tr> |
---|
821 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*q*</i></font></td> |
---|
822 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Resolved vertical water |
---|
823 | flux (in kg/kg m/s).</td> |
---|
824 | </tr> |
---|
825 | <tr> |
---|
826 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>wq</i></font></td> |
---|
827 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Total vertical water flux |
---|
828 | (w"q" + w*q*) (in kg/kg m/s).</td> |
---|
829 | </tr> |
---|
830 | <tr> |
---|
831 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w"qv"</i></font></td> |
---|
832 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Subgrid-scale vertical |
---|
833 | latent heat flux (in kg/kg m/s).</td> |
---|
834 | </tr> |
---|
835 | <tr> |
---|
836 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*qv*</i></font></td> |
---|
837 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Resolved vertical latent |
---|
838 | heat flux (in kg/kg m/s).</td> |
---|
839 | </tr> |
---|
840 | <tr> |
---|
841 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>wqv</i></font></td> |
---|
842 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Total vertical latent heat |
---|
843 | flux (w"qv" + w*qv*) (in kg/kg m/s).</td> |
---|
844 | </tr> |
---|
845 | <tr> |
---|
846 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w"s"</i></font></td> |
---|
847 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Subgrid-scale vertical |
---|
848 | scalar concentration flux (in kg/m<sup>3 </sup>m/s).</td> |
---|
849 | </tr> |
---|
850 | <tr> |
---|
851 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*s*</i></font></td> |
---|
852 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Resolved vertical scalar |
---|
853 | concentration flux (in kg/m<sup>3</sup>)</td> |
---|
854 | </tr> |
---|
855 | <tr> |
---|
856 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>ws</i></font></td> |
---|
857 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Total vertical scalar |
---|
858 | concentration flux (w"s" + w*s*) (in kg/m<sup>3 </sup>m/s).</td> |
---|
859 | </tr> |
---|
860 | <tr> |
---|
861 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*e*</i></font></td> |
---|
862 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Vertical flux of |
---|
863 | perturbation energy (resolved)</td> |
---|
864 | </tr> |
---|
865 | <tr> |
---|
866 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>u*2</i></font></td> |
---|
867 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Variance of the u-velocity |
---|
868 | component (resolved)</td> |
---|
869 | </tr> |
---|
870 | <tr> |
---|
871 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>v*2</i></font></td> |
---|
872 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Variance of the v-velocity |
---|
873 | component (resolved)</td> |
---|
874 | </tr> |
---|
875 | <tr> |
---|
876 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*2</i></font></td> |
---|
877 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Variance of the potential |
---|
878 | temperature (resolved)</td> |
---|
879 | </tr> |
---|
880 | <tr> |
---|
881 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6600"><i>pt*2</i></font></td> |
---|
882 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Variance of the potential |
---|
883 | temperature (resolved)</td> |
---|
884 | </tr> |
---|
885 | <tr> |
---|
886 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*3</i></font></td> |
---|
887 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Third moment of the |
---|
888 | w-velocity component (resolved)</td> |
---|
889 | </tr> |
---|
890 | <tr> |
---|
891 | <td style="vertical-align: middle;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>Sw</i></font></td> |
---|
892 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Skewness of the w-velocity |
---|
893 | component (resolved, S<sub>w</sub> |
---|
894 | = W<sup>3</sup>/(w<sup>2</sup>)<sup>1.5</sup>)</td> |
---|
895 | </tr> |
---|
896 | <tr> |
---|
897 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*2pt*</i></font></td> |
---|
898 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Third moment (resolved)</td> |
---|
899 | </tr> |
---|
900 | <tr> |
---|
901 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#33ff33"><i>w*pt*2</i></font></td> |
---|
902 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Third moment (resolved)</td> |
---|
903 | </tr> |
---|
904 | <tr> |
---|
905 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6666"><i>w*u*u*/dz</i></font></td> |
---|
906 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Energy production by shear |
---|
907 | (resolved)</td> |
---|
908 | </tr> |
---|
909 | <tr> |
---|
910 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6666"><i>w*p*/dz</i></font></td> |
---|
911 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Energy production by |
---|
912 | turbulent transport of pressure |
---|
913 | fluctuations (resolved)</td> |
---|
914 | </tr> |
---|
915 | <tr> |
---|
916 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font color="#ff6666"><i>w"e/dz</i></font></td> |
---|
917 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Energy production by |
---|
918 | transport of resolved-scale TKE</td> |
---|
919 | </tr> |
---|
920 | </tbody> |
---|
921 | |
---|
922 | </table> |
---|
923 | |
---|
924 | <br> |
---|
925 | |
---|
926 | Beyond that, initial profiles (t=0) of some variables can be also be |
---|
927 | output (this output is only done once |
---|
928 | with the first plot output and not repeated with the profile output at |
---|
929 | later |
---|
930 | times). The names of these profiles result from the ones specified |
---|
931 | above leaded by a hash "#". Allowed values are:<br> |
---|
932 | |
---|
933 | |
---|
934 | <ul> |
---|
935 | <p><i>#u</i>, <i>#v</i>, <i>#pt</i>, <i>#km</i>, <i>#kh</i>, |
---|
936 | <i>#l</i></p> |
---|
937 | </ul> |
---|
938 | |
---|
939 | |
---|
940 | <p>These initial profiles have been either set by the user or |
---|
941 | have been calculated by a 1d-model prerun.<br> |
---|
942 | </p>In case of ASCII data output to local file PLOT1D_DATA, |
---|
943 | PALM additionally creates a NAMELIST parameter file (local name <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_PAR">PLOT1D_PAR</a>) |
---|
944 | which can be used as parameter input file for the plot software <a href="http://www.muk.uni-hannover.de/institut/software/profil_intro.html">profil</a>. |
---|
945 | Profiles can be directly plotted with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span> |
---|
946 | using these two files. The |
---|
947 | plot layout is |
---|
948 | steered via the parameter input file. The values of these <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>-parameters are determined by |
---|
949 | a set of PALM parameters (<a href="chapter_4.2.html#profile_columns">profile_columns</a>, |
---|
950 | <a href="chapter_4.2.html#profile_rows">profile_rows</a>, <a href="chapter_4.2.html#z_max_do1d">z_max_do1d</a>, |
---|
951 | <a href="chapter_4.2.html#cross_profiles">cross_profiles</a>, |
---|
952 | etc.) All parameter values can be changed by editing the parameter |
---|
953 | input |
---|
954 | file. <br><br>Further details about plotting vertical profiles with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil </span>can be found in <a href="chapter_4.5.2.html">chapter |
---|
955 | 4.5.2</a></td> |
---|
956 | </tr> |
---|
957 | <tr> |
---|
958 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
959 | <p><a name="data_output_ts"></a><b>data_output_ts</b></p> |
---|
960 | </td> |
---|
961 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C * 10 (100)<br> |
---|
962 | </td> |
---|
963 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>100 * ' '</i></td> |
---|
964 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Quantities for which time series |
---|
965 | are to be output (plot). <br><p>By default time series data is output to the local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_1D_TS_NETCDF">DATA_1D_TS_NETCDF</a>. The file's format is NetCDF. Further details about processing NetCDF data are given in chapter <a href="chapter_4.5.1.html">4.5.1</a>.</p><p>For historical reasons, data can also be output in ASCII-format on local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA">PLOTTS_DATA</a> which is readable by the graphic software <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. See parameter <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> for defining the format in which data shall be output.<br> |
---|
966 | </p> |
---|
967 | |
---|
968 | |
---|
969 | |
---|
970 | |
---|
971 | Time series of different quantities can be output by assigning <b>data_output_ts</b> |
---|
972 | one or more of the following strings:<br> <br> |
---|
973 | |
---|
974 | |
---|
975 | <table style="text-align: left; width: 100%;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"> |
---|
976 | |
---|
977 | <tbody> |
---|
978 | <tr> |
---|
979 | <td style="font-style: italic; vertical-align: middle;">E<br> |
---|
980 | </td> |
---|
981 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Total kinetic energy of |
---|
982 | the flow (in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>) |
---|
983 | (normalized with respect to the total number of grid points).</td> |
---|
984 | </tr> |
---|
985 | <tr> |
---|
986 | <td style="font-style: italic; vertical-align: middle;">E*<br> |
---|
987 | </td> |
---|
988 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Perturbation kinetic |
---|
989 | energy of the flow (in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>)<sup> </sup>(normalized |
---|
990 | with respect to the total number of grid |
---|
991 | points)</td> |
---|
992 | </tr> |
---|
993 | <tr> |
---|
994 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">dt<br> |
---|
995 | </td> |
---|
996 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Time step size (in s).</td> |
---|
997 | </tr> |
---|
998 | <tr> |
---|
999 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">u<sub>*</sub></td> |
---|
1000 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Friction velocity (in m/s) |
---|
1001 | (horizontal average).</td> |
---|
1002 | </tr> |
---|
1003 | <tr> |
---|
1004 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">w<sub>*</sub></td> |
---|
1005 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Vertical velocity scale of |
---|
1006 | the CBL (in m/s) (horizontal average)</td> |
---|
1007 | </tr> |
---|
1008 | <tr> |
---|
1009 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">th<sub>*</sub></td> |
---|
1010 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Temperature |
---|
1011 | scale (Prandtl layer), defined as <i>w"pt"0 |
---|
1012 | / </i><i>u<sub>*</sub></i> (horizontal |
---|
1013 | average) (in K).</td> |
---|
1014 | </tr> |
---|
1015 | <tr> |
---|
1016 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">umax<br> |
---|
1017 | </td> |
---|
1018 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Maximum u-component of the |
---|
1019 | velocity (in m/s).</td> |
---|
1020 | </tr> |
---|
1021 | <tr> |
---|
1022 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">vmax<br> |
---|
1023 | </td> |
---|
1024 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Maximum v-component of the |
---|
1025 | velocity (in m/s).</td> |
---|
1026 | </tr> |
---|
1027 | <tr> |
---|
1028 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">wmax<br> |
---|
1029 | </td> |
---|
1030 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Maximum w-component of the |
---|
1031 | velocity (in m/s).</td> |
---|
1032 | </tr> |
---|
1033 | <tr> |
---|
1034 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">div_old<br> |
---|
1035 | </td> |
---|
1036 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Divergence of the velocity |
---|
1037 | field before the pressure |
---|
1038 | solver has been called (normalized with respect to the total number of |
---|
1039 | grid points) (in 1/s).</td> |
---|
1040 | </tr> |
---|
1041 | <tr> |
---|
1042 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">div_new</td> |
---|
1043 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Divergence of the velocity |
---|
1044 | field after the pressure |
---|
1045 | solver has been called (normalized with respect to the total number of |
---|
1046 | grid points) (in 1/s).</td> |
---|
1047 | </tr> |
---|
1048 | <tr> |
---|
1049 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">z_i_wpt</td> |
---|
1050 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Height of the convective |
---|
1051 | boundary layer (horizontal average) |
---|
1052 | determined by the height of the minimum sensible heat flux (in m).</td> |
---|
1053 | </tr> |
---|
1054 | <tr> |
---|
1055 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">z_i_pt</td> |
---|
1056 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Height of the convective |
---|
1057 | boundary layer (horizontal average) |
---|
1058 | determined by the temperature profile (in m).</td> |
---|
1059 | </tr> |
---|
1060 | <tr> |
---|
1061 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">w"pt"0</td> |
---|
1062 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Subgrid-scale sensible |
---|
1063 | heat flux near the surface (horizontal |
---|
1064 | average) |
---|
1065 | between z = 0 and z = z<sub>p</sub> = zu(1) (there it corresponds to |
---|
1066 | the total heat flux) (in K m/s).</td> |
---|
1067 | </tr> |
---|
1068 | <tr> |
---|
1069 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">w"pt"</td> |
---|
1070 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Subgrid-scale heat flux |
---|
1071 | (horizontal average) for z = zw(1) (in K |
---|
1072 | m/s).</td> |
---|
1073 | </tr> |
---|
1074 | <tr> |
---|
1075 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">wpt</td> |
---|
1076 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Total heat flux |
---|
1077 | (horizontal average) for z = zw(1) (in K m/s).</td> |
---|
1078 | </tr> |
---|
1079 | <tr> |
---|
1080 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">pt(0)</td> |
---|
1081 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Potential temperature at |
---|
1082 | the surface (horizontal average) (in K).</td> |
---|
1083 | </tr> |
---|
1084 | <tr> |
---|
1085 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">pt(zp)</td> |
---|
1086 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Potential temperature for |
---|
1087 | z = zu(1) (horizontal average) (in K).</td> |
---|
1088 | </tr> |
---|
1089 | <tr> |
---|
1090 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">splptx</td> |
---|
1091 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Percentage of grid points |
---|
1092 | using upstream scheme along x with |
---|
1093 | upstream-spline advection switched on.</td> |
---|
1094 | </tr> |
---|
1095 | <tr> |
---|
1096 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">splpty</td> |
---|
1097 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Percentage of grid points |
---|
1098 | using upstream scheme along y with |
---|
1099 | upstream-spline |
---|
1100 | advection switched on.</td> |
---|
1101 | </tr> |
---|
1102 | <tr> |
---|
1103 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">splptz</td> |
---|
1104 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Percentage of grid points |
---|
1105 | using upstream scheme along z with |
---|
1106 | upstream-spline |
---|
1107 | advection switched on.<br> |
---|
1108 | </td> |
---|
1109 | </tr> |
---|
1110 | <tr> |
---|
1111 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">L</td> |
---|
1112 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Monin-Obukhov length.</td> |
---|
1113 | </tr> |
---|
1114 | </tbody> |
---|
1115 | |
---|
1116 | </table> |
---|
1117 | |
---|
1118 | <br> |
---|
1119 | Always <b>all</b> time series available are output to the file, |
---|
1120 | regardless of the value of <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_ts</span>. |
---|
1121 | Time series data refers to the total |
---|
1122 | domain, but time series for subdomains can also be output (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#statistic_regions">statistic_regions</a>). |
---|
1123 | However, the following time series always present the values of the |
---|
1124 | total model domain (even with output for subdomains): <i>umax</i>, <i>vmax</i>, |
---|
1125 | <i>wmax</i>, <i>div_old</i>, <i>div_new</i>.<br><br>The temporal interval of the data points of the time series is assigned via the parameter <a href="#dt_dots">dt_dots</a>.<br> |
---|
1126 | |
---|
1127 | |
---|
1128 | <p>In case of <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_format</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>, the data of the individual time series are output in columns |
---|
1129 | to file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA">PLOTTS_DATA</a> |
---|
1130 | starting from the second column (the simulated time is output as the |
---|
1131 | first column). Their sequence (with respect to the columns) |
---|
1132 | corresponds to the list given above. Additional to the file |
---|
1133 | PLOTTS_DATA, which contains the data, |
---|
1134 | PALM creates a NAMELIST parameter file (local name <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOTTS_PAR">PLOTTS_PAR</a>) |
---|
1135 | which can be used as parameter input file for the plot software <a href="http://www.muk.uni-hannover.de/institut/software/profil_intro.html">profil</a>. |
---|
1136 | Time series can be directly plotted with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span> using these two files. The |
---|
1137 | plot layout is |
---|
1138 | steered via the parameter input file. The values of these <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>-parameters are determined by |
---|
1139 | a set of PALM-internal parameters. All |
---|
1140 | parameter values can be changed by editing the parameter input file.<b> </b>In this case (<span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_format</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>)<b> data_output_ts</b> |
---|
1141 | determines which time series are actually to be plotted. They are |
---|
1142 | plotted |
---|
1143 | into individual coordinate systems (panels). Typically several time |
---|
1144 | series are plotted |
---|
1145 | together into one panel. The grouping is fixed PALM-internally (it can |
---|
1146 | be changed by editing the parameter input file). The time series are |
---|
1147 | assigned to the panels |
---|
1148 | as: <br> |
---|
1149 | </p> |
---|
1150 | |
---|
1151 | |
---|
1152 | <ul> |
---|
1153 | <p>panel 1: <i>E E *</i> <br> |
---|
1154 | panel 2: <i>dt</i> <br> |
---|
1155 | panel 3: <i>u* w*</i> <br> |
---|
1156 | panel 4: <i>th*</i> <br> |
---|
1157 | panel 5: <i>umax vmax wmax</i> <br> |
---|
1158 | panel 6: <i>div_old div_new</i> <br> |
---|
1159 | panel 7: <i>z_i_wpt z_i_pt</i> <br> |
---|
1160 | panel 8: <i>w"pt"0 w"pt"wpt</i> <br> |
---|
1161 | panel 9: <i>pt(0) pt(zp)</i> <br> |
---|
1162 | panel 10: <i>splptx splpty splptz</i><br> |
---|
1163 | panel 11: <i>L</i></p> |
---|
1164 | </ul> |
---|
1165 | |
---|
1166 | |
---|
1167 | <p>The range of values (y-axes) which are to be plotted can be |
---|
1168 | assigned to each panel with the parameters <a href="chapter_4.2.html#cross_ts_uymin">cross_ts_uymin</a> |
---|
1169 | and <a href="chapter_4.2.html#cross_ts_uymax">cross_ts_uymax</a>. |
---|
1170 | If not a single time series of a panel is assigned by <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_ts</span>, |
---|
1171 | then this panel is completely omitted in the plot.<br> |
---|
1172 | </p> |
---|
1173 | |
---|
1174 | |
---|
1175 | <p>Further details about plotting time series with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil </span>can be found in <a href="chapter_4.5.3.html">chapter |
---|
1176 | 4.5.3</a>.</p> |
---|
1177 | </td> |
---|
1178 | </tr> |
---|
1179 | <tr> |
---|
1180 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1181 | <p><a name="data_output_2d_on_each_pe"></a><b>data_output_2d_on</b> <br> |
---|
1182 | <b>_each_pe</b></p> |
---|
1183 | </td> |
---|
1184 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
1185 | </td> |
---|
1186 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">.T.</span><br> |
---|
1187 | </td> |
---|
1188 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Output 2d cross section data by one or |
---|
1189 | all processors. |
---|
1190 | |
---|
1191 | <p>In runs with several processors, by default, each processor |
---|
1192 | outputs cross section data of its subdomain into an individual file. After PALM |
---|
1193 | has finished, the contents of these files have to be sampled into one file<span style="font-weight: bold;"></span> using |
---|
1194 | the program <tt>combine_plot_fields.x</tt>. </p> |
---|
1195 | |
---|
1196 | |
---|
1197 | <p>Alternatively, by assigning <b>data_output_2d_on_each_pe</b> = <i>.F.,</i> |
---|
1198 | the respective data is gathered on PE0 and output is done directly |
---|
1199 | into one file, so <tt>combine_plot_fields.x</tt> does not have to be |
---|
1200 | called. However, in case of very large numbers of horizontal gridpoints, sufficient |
---|
1201 | memory is required on PE0. </p> |
---|
1202 | </td> |
---|
1203 | </tr> |
---|
1204 | <tr> |
---|
1205 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1206 | <p><a name="disturbance_amplitude"></a><b>disturbance<br> |
---|
1207 | _amplitude</b></p> |
---|
1208 | </td> |
---|
1209 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1210 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>0.25</i></td> |
---|
1211 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1212 | <p>Maximum perturbation amplitude of the random perturbations |
---|
1213 | imposed to the horizontal velocity field (in m/s). </p> |
---|
1214 | <p>The parameter <a href="#create_disturbances">create_disturbances</a> |
---|
1215 | describes how to impose random perturbations to the horizontal velocity |
---|
1216 | field. Since the perturbation procedure includes two filter operations, |
---|
1217 | the amplitude assigned by <b>disturbance_amplitude</b> is only an |
---|
1218 | approximate value of the real magnitude of the perturbation.</p> |
---|
1219 | </td> |
---|
1220 | </tr> |
---|
1221 | <tr> |
---|
1222 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1223 | <p><a name="disturbance_energy_limit"></a><b>disturbance_energy</b> |
---|
1224 | <br> |
---|
1225 | <b>_limit</b></p> |
---|
1226 | </td> |
---|
1227 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1228 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>0.01</i></td> |
---|
1229 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1230 | <p lang="en-GB">Upper limit value of the perturbation energy of |
---|
1231 | the velocity field used as a criterion for imposing random |
---|
1232 | perturbations (in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>). </p> |
---|
1233 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">The parameter |
---|
1234 | </font></span><a href="#create_disturbances"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">create_disturbances</font></span></a><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB"> describes how to impose |
---|
1235 | random perturbations to the horizontal velocity field. The perturbation |
---|
1236 | energy is defined as the volume average (over the total model domain) |
---|
1237 | of the squares of the deviations of the velocity components from the |
---|
1238 | mean flow (horizontal average). If the perturbation energy exceeds the |
---|
1239 | assigned value, random perturbations to the fields of horizontal |
---|
1240 | velocities are imposed no more. The value of this parameter usually |
---|
1241 | must be determined by trial and error (it depends e.g. on the total |
---|
1242 | number of grid points).</span> </font> </p> |
---|
1243 | </td> |
---|
1244 | </tr> |
---|
1245 | <tr> |
---|
1246 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1247 | <p><a name="disturbance_level_b"></a><b>disturbance_level_b</b></p> |
---|
1248 | </td> |
---|
1249 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1250 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>zu(3)</i></td> |
---|
1251 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1252 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"><font size="3">Lower |
---|
1253 | limit of the vertical range for which random perturbations are to be |
---|
1254 | imposed on the horizontal wind field (</font></font>in <font face="Thorndale, serif"><font size="3">m). </font></font> </p> |
---|
1255 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">This |
---|
1256 | parameter must hold the condition zu<i>(3)</i> <= <b>disturbance_level_b</b> |
---|
1257 | <= <i>zu(</i></font></span><i><a href="chapter_4.1.html#nz"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">nz-1</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">)</font></span></i><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">. Additionally, <b>disturbance_level_b</b> |
---|
1258 | <= </font></span><a href="#disturbance_level_t"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">disturbance_level_t</font></span></a> <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">must also hold. <br> |
---|
1259 | </font></span></p> |
---|
1260 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">The parameter |
---|
1261 | </font></span><a href="#create_disturbances"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">create_disturbances</font></span></a><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB"> describes how to impose |
---|
1262 | random perturbations to the horizontal velocity field</span></font><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB">.</span> </font> </p> |
---|
1263 | </td> |
---|
1264 | </tr> |
---|
1265 | <tr> |
---|
1266 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1267 | <p><a name="disturbance_level_t"></a><b>disturbance_level_t</b></p> |
---|
1268 | </td> |
---|
1269 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1270 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>zu(nz/3)</i></td> |
---|
1271 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1272 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"><font size="3">Upper |
---|
1273 | limit of the vertical range for which random perturbations are to be |
---|
1274 | imposed on the horizontal wind field (</font></font>in <font face="Thorndale, serif"><font size="3">m). </font></font> </p> |
---|
1275 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">This |
---|
1276 | parameter must hold the condition <b>disturbance_level_t</b> <= zu<i>(</i></font></span><i><a href="chapter_4.1.html#nz"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">nz-1</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">)</font></span></i><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">. Additionally, </font></span><a href="#disturbance_level_b"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">disturbance_level_b</font></span></a> <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"><= <b>disturbance_level_t</b> |
---|
1277 | must also hold.<br> |
---|
1278 | </font></span></p> |
---|
1279 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">The parameter |
---|
1280 | </font></span><a href="#create_disturbances"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">create_disturbances</font></span></a><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB"> describes how to impose |
---|
1281 | random perturbations to the horizontal velocity field</span></font><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB">.</span> </font> </p> |
---|
1282 | </td> |
---|
1283 | </tr> |
---|
1284 | <tr> |
---|
1285 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1286 | <p><a name="do2d_at_begin"></a><b>do2d_at_begin</b></p> |
---|
1287 | </td> |
---|
1288 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
1289 | </td> |
---|
1290 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">.F.<br> |
---|
1291 | </td> |
---|
1292 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1293 | <p>Output of 2d cross section data at the beginning of a run. </p> |
---|
1294 | |
---|
1295 | |
---|
1296 | <p>The temporal intervals of output times of 2d cross section data (see <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output">data_output</a>) |
---|
1297 | are usually determined with parameters <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_do2d_xy">dt_do2d_xy</a>, |
---|
1298 | <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_do2d_xz">dt_do2d_xz</a> |
---|
1299 | and <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_do2d_yz">dt_do2d_yz</a>. |
---|
1300 | By assigning <b>do2d_at_begin</b> = <i>.T.</i> an additional output |
---|
1301 | will be made at the |
---|
1302 | beginning of a run (thus at the time t = 0 or at the respective |
---|
1303 | starting times of restart runs).</p> |
---|
1304 | </td> |
---|
1305 | </tr> |
---|
1306 | <tr> |
---|
1307 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1308 | <p><a name="do3d_at_begin"></a><b>do3d_at_begin</b></p> |
---|
1309 | </td> |
---|
1310 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
1311 | </td> |
---|
1312 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">.F.<br> |
---|
1313 | </td> |
---|
1314 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Output of 3d volume data at the beginning |
---|
1315 | of a run.<br><br>The temporal intervals of output times of 3d volume data (see <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output">data_output</a>) |
---|
1316 | is usually determined with parameter <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_do3d">dt_do3d</a>. |
---|
1317 | By assigning <b>do3d_at_begin</b> = <i>.T.</i> an additional output |
---|
1318 | will be made at the |
---|
1319 | beginning of a run (thus at the time t = 0 or at the respective |
---|
1320 | starting times of restart runs).</td> |
---|
1321 | </tr> |
---|
1322 | <tr> |
---|
1323 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1324 | <p><a name="do3d_compress"></a><b>do3d_compress</b></p> |
---|
1325 | </td> |
---|
1326 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
1327 | </td> |
---|
1328 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">.F.<br> |
---|
1329 | </td> |
---|
1330 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1331 | <p>Output of data for 3d plots in compressed form. </p> |
---|
1332 | |
---|
1333 | |
---|
1334 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'avs'</span>.</p><p>Output of 3d volume data may need huge amounts of disc storage |
---|
1335 | (up to several Terabytes ore more). Data compression can serve to |
---|
1336 | reduce this requirement. PALM is able to output 3d data in compressed |
---|
1337 | form using 32-bit integers, if <span style="font-weight: bold;">do3d_compress</span> |
---|
1338 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">.T.</span> is assigned. This |
---|
1339 | yields a loss of accuracy, but the file size is clearly reduced. The |
---|
1340 | parameter <a href="chapter_4.2.html#do3d_precision">do3d_precision</a> |
---|
1341 | can be used to separately define the number of significant digits for |
---|
1342 | each quantity.<br> |
---|
1343 | </p> |
---|
1344 | |
---|
1345 | |
---|
1346 | <p>So far compressed data output is only possible for Cray-T3E |
---|
1347 | machines. Additional information for |
---|
1348 | handling compressed data is given in <a href="chapter_4.5.6.html">chapter |
---|
1349 | 4.5.6</a>.</p> |
---|
1350 | </td> |
---|
1351 | </tr> |
---|
1352 | <tr> |
---|
1353 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1354 | <p><a name="do3d_precision"></a><b>do3d_precision</b></p> |
---|
1355 | </td> |
---|
1356 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C * 7 <br> |
---|
1357 | |
---|
1358 | (100)</td> |
---|
1359 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">see right<br> |
---|
1360 | </td> |
---|
1361 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1362 | <p>Significant digits in case of compressed data output. </p> |
---|
1363 | |
---|
1364 | |
---|
1365 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'avs'</span>.</p><p>In case that data compression is used for output of 3d data |
---|
1366 | (see <a href="chapter_4.2.html#do3d_compress">do3d_compress</a>), |
---|
1367 | this parameter determines the number of significant digits |
---|
1368 | which are to be output.<br> |
---|
1369 | </p> |
---|
1370 | |
---|
1371 | |
---|
1372 | <p>Fewer digits clearly reduce the amount |
---|
1373 | of data. Assignments have to be given separately for each individual |
---|
1374 | quantity via a character string of the form <span style="font-style: italic;">'<quantity name><number of |
---|
1375 | significant digits>'</span>, e.g. <span style="font-style: italic;">'pt2'</span>. |
---|
1376 | Only those quantities listed in <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output">data_output</a> |
---|
1377 | are admitted. Up to 9 significant digits are allowed (but large values |
---|
1378 | are not very reasonable |
---|
1379 | because they do not effect a significant compression).<br> |
---|
1380 | </p> |
---|
1381 | |
---|
1382 | |
---|
1383 | <p>The default assignment is <span style="font-weight: bold;">do3d_precision</span> |
---|
1384 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">'u2'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'v2'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'w2'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'p5'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'pt2'</span>.</p> |
---|
1385 | </td> |
---|
1386 | </tr> |
---|
1387 | <tr> |
---|
1388 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1389 | <p><a name="dt_laufparameter"></a><b>dt</b></p> |
---|
1390 | </td> |
---|
1391 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1392 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>variable</i></td> |
---|
1393 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1394 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"><font size="3">Time |
---|
1395 | step to be used by the 3d-model (</font></font>in <font face="Thorndale, serif"><font size="3">s). </font></font> </p> |
---|
1396 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">This parameter</font></span> |
---|
1397 | <font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB">is described in |
---|
1398 | detail with the initialization parameters (see</span></font><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"> </font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">dt</font></span></a><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB">). Additionally, it may be |
---|
1399 | used as a run parameter and then applies to all restart runs (until it |
---|
1400 | is changed again). A switch from a constant time step to a variable |
---|
1401 | time step can be achieved with <b>dt</b> = <i>-1.0</i>.</span> </font> |
---|
1402 | </p> |
---|
1403 | </td> |
---|
1404 | </tr> |
---|
1405 | <tr> |
---|
1406 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="dt_averaging_input"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_averaging_input</span><br> |
---|
1407 | </td> |
---|
1408 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
1409 | </td> |
---|
1410 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">0.0</span><br> |
---|
1411 | </td> |
---|
1412 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Temporal interval of data which are subject to temporal averaging (in s).<br><br>By default, data from each timestep within the interval defined by <a href="chapter_4.2.html#averaging_interval">averaging_interval</a> are used for calculating the temporal average. By choosing <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_averaging_input</span> > <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"> </font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">dt</font></span></a><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB"></span></font><span lang="en-GB"></span><span style="font-style: italic;"></span>, |
---|
1413 | the number of time levels entering the average can be minimized. This |
---|
1414 | reduces the CPU-time of a run but may worsen the quality of the |
---|
1415 | average's statistics.<br><br><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB">With variable time step (see <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt</span>), the number of time levels entering the average can vary from one |
---|
1416 | averaging interval to the next (for a more detailed explanation see </span></font><font><a href="#averaging_interval"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">averaging_interval</font></span></a>)</font><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB">. It is approximately given by the quotient of <span style="font-weight: bold;">averaging_interval</span> / MAX(<span style="font-weight: bold;"> dt_averaging_input</span>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt</span>) (which gives a more or less exact value if a fixed timestep is used and if this is an integral divisor of <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_averaging_input</span>).</span></font> |
---|
1417 | <br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</span><br>With an averaging interval of 100.0 s and <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_averaging_input</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">10.0</span>, |
---|
1418 | the time levels entering the average have a (minimum) distance of 10.0 |
---|
1419 | s (their distance may of course be larger if the current timestep is |
---|
1420 | larger than 10.0 s), so the average is calculated from the data of |
---|
1421 | (maximum) 10 time levels.<br><br><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB">It is allowed |
---|
1422 | to change <b>dt_averaging_input</b> during a job chain. If the last averaging |
---|
1423 | interval of the run previous to the change could not be completed (i.e. |
---|
1424 | has to be finished in the current run), the individual profiles and/or |
---|
1425 | spectra entering the averaging are not uniformly distributed over the |
---|
1426 | averaging interval.<br><br></span></font>Parameter <a href="#dt_averaging_input_pr">dt_averaging_input_pr</a> can be used to define a different temporal interval for vertical profile data and spectra.<br> |
---|
1427 | </td> |
---|
1428 | </tr> |
---|
1429 | <tr> |
---|
1430 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1431 | <p><a name="dt_averaging_input_pr"></a><b>dt_averaging_input_pr</b></p> |
---|
1432 | </td> |
---|
1433 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1434 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">value of <a href="#dt_averaging_input">dt_<br>averaging_<br>input</a></span></td> |
---|
1435 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1436 | <p lang="en-GB">Temporal interval of data which are subject to temporal averaging of <font face="Thorndale, serif"><font size="3">vertical profiles and/or spectra (</font></font>in <font face="Thorndale, serif"><font size="3">s). </font></font> </p> |
---|
1437 | <p>By default, data from each timestep within the interval defined by<font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB"> </span></font><a href="#averaging_interval_pr"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">averaging_interval_pr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">and </font></span><a href="#averaging_interval_sp"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">averaging_interval_sp</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"> </font></span>are used for calculating the temporal average. By choosing <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_averaging_input_pr</span> > <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"> </font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">dt</font></span></a><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB"></span></font><span lang="en-GB"></span><span style="font-style: italic;"></span>, |
---|
1438 | the number of time levels entering the average can be minimized. This |
---|
1439 | reduces the CPU-time of a run but may worsen the quality of the |
---|
1440 | average's statistics. <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB"></span></font><span lang="en-GB"></span><br> |
---|
1441 | </p><p>For more explanations see parameter <a href="#dt_averaging_input">dt_averaging_input</a>.<a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB"></span></font></p></td> |
---|
1442 | </tr> |
---|
1443 | <tr> |
---|
1444 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="dt_data_output"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_data_output</span><br> |
---|
1445 | </td> |
---|
1446 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
1447 | </td> |
---|
1448 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">9999999.9</span><br> |
---|
1449 | </td> |
---|
1450 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal interval</font> |
---|
1451 | at which data (3d volume data (instantaneous or time averaged), |
---|
1452 | cross sections (instantaneous or time averaged), vertical profiles, |
---|
1453 | spectra) shall be output (</font>in <font face="Thorndale">s). </font></p> |
---|
1454 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If data output is switched on (see </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">, <a href="#data_output_pr">data_output_pr</a>, <a href="#data_output_sp">data_output_sp</a>, and </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#section_xy"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">section_xy</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">), this parameter can be used to |
---|
1455 | assign the temporal interval at which these data shall be |
---|
1456 | output. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Output can be skipped at the beginning of a simulation using parameter <a href="#skip_time_data_output">skip_time_data_output</a>, which has zero value by default. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Reference time is the beginning of the simulation, i.e. output |
---|
1457 | takes place at times t = <b>skip_time_data_output + dt_data_output</b>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_data_output</span> + 2*<b>dt_data_output</b>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_data_output</span> + 3*<b>dt_data_output</b>, |
---|
1458 | etc. Since output is only done at the discrete time levels given by |
---|
1459 | the timestep used, the actual output times can slightly deviate |
---|
1460 | from these theoretical values</font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_dopr_zeitpunkte"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">.<br><br>Individual temporal intervals for the different output quantities can be assigned using parameters <a href="#dt_do3d">dt_do3d</a>, <a href="#dt_do2d_xy">dt_do2d_xy</a>, <a href="dt_do2d_xz">dt_do2d_xz</a>, <a href="#dt_do2d_yz">dt_do2d_yz</a>, <a href="#dt_dopr">dt_dopr</a>, <a href="#dt_dosp">dt_dosp</a>, and <a href="#dt_data_output_av">dt_data_output_av</a>.</font></span> |
---|
1461 | </td> |
---|
1462 | </tr> |
---|
1463 | <tr> |
---|
1464 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="dt_data_output_av"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_data_output_av</span><br> |
---|
1465 | </td> |
---|
1466 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
1467 | </td> |
---|
1468 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_data_output">dt_data_<br>output</a></i> |
---|
1469 | </td> |
---|
1470 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal interval</font> |
---|
1471 | at which time averaged 3d volume data and/or 2d cross section data |
---|
1472 | shall be output (</font>in <font face="Thorndale">s). </font></p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If data output of time averaged 2d and 3d data is switched on (see </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output</font></span></a> <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">and </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#section_xy"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">section_xy</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">), this parameter can be used to |
---|
1473 | assign the temporal interval at which they shall be |
---|
1474 | output. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Output can be skipped at the beginning of a simulation using parameter <a href="#skip_time_data_output_av">skip_time_data_output_av</a>, which has zero value by default. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Reference time is the beginning of the simulation, i.e. output |
---|
1475 | takes place at times t = <b>skip_time_data_output_av + dt_data_output_av</b>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_data_output_av</span> + 2*<b>dt_data_output_av</b>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_data_output_av</span> + 3*<b>dt_data_output_av</b>, |
---|
1476 | etc. Since output is only done at the discrete time levels given by |
---|
1477 | the timestep used, the actual output times can slightly deviate from |
---|
1478 | these theoretical values</font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_dopr_zeitpunkte"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">.<br><br></font></span>The length of the averaging interval is controlled via parameter <a href="chapter_4.2.html#averaging_interval">averaging_interval</a>.</td> |
---|
1479 | </tr> |
---|
1480 | <tr> |
---|
1481 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1482 | <p><a name="dt_disturb"></a><b>dt_disturb</b></p> |
---|
1483 | </td> |
---|
1484 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1485 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>9999999.9</i></td> |
---|
1486 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1487 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal interval</font> at which random |
---|
1488 | perturbations are to be imposed on the horizontal velocity field |
---|
1489 | (</font>in <font face="Thorndale">s). </font> </p> |
---|
1490 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">The parameter |
---|
1491 | </font></span><a href="#create_disturbances"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">create_disturbances</font></span></a><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB"> describes how to impose |
---|
1492 | random perturbations to the horizontal velocity field</span></font><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB">.</span> </font> </p> |
---|
1493 | </td> |
---|
1494 | </tr> |
---|
1495 | <tr> |
---|
1496 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1497 | <p><a name="dt_dopr"></a><b>dt_dopr</b></p> |
---|
1498 | </td> |
---|
1499 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1500 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>value of <a href="#dt_data_output">dt_data_<br>output</a></i></td> |
---|
1501 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1502 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Temporal interval at |
---|
1503 | which data of vertical profiles shall be output (to local |
---|
1504 | file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_1D_PR_NETCDF">DATA_1D_PR_NETCDF</a> or/and </font></span><a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">PLOT1D_DATA</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">) (</font></span>in <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">s). </font></span> </p> |
---|
1505 | |
---|
1506 | |
---|
1507 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If output of |
---|
1508 | horizontally averaged vertical profiles is switched on (see </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_pr"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output_pr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">), </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">this parameter can be used to |
---|
1509 | assign the temporal interval at which profile data shall be output.</font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"> </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Output can be skipped at the beginning of a simulation using parameter <a href="#skip_time_dopr">skip_time_dopr</a>, which has zero value by default. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Reference time is the beginning |
---|
1510 | of the simulation, thus t = 0, </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">i.e. output |
---|
1511 | takes place at times t = <b>skip_time_dopr + dt_dopr</b>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_dopr</span> + 2*<b>dt_dopr</b>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_dopr</span> + 3*<b>dt_dopr</b>, |
---|
1512 | etc.</font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"> Since |
---|
1513 | profiles can not be calculated for times lying within a time step |
---|
1514 | interval, the output times can deviate from these theoretical values. |
---|
1515 | If a time step ranges from t = 1799.8 to t = 1800.2, then in the |
---|
1516 | example above the output would take place at t = 1800.2. In general, |
---|
1517 | the output always lie between t = 1800.0 and t = 1800.0 + </font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">. If the model uses a variable time step, these |
---|
1518 | deviations from the theoretical output times will of course be |
---|
1519 | different for each output time.<br> |
---|
1520 | </font></span></p> |
---|
1521 | |
---|
1522 | |
---|
1523 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">In order to |
---|
1524 | guarantee an output of profile data at the end of a simulation (see </font></span><font><a href="chapter_4.1.html#end_time"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">end_time</font></span></a></font><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">) in any way</font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">, <span style="font-weight: bold;">end_time</span> |
---|
1525 | should be equal or a little bit |
---|
1526 | larger than the respective theoretical output time. For example, if <b>dt_dopr</b> |
---|
1527 | = <i>900.0</i><span style="font-style: italic;"> </span>and 3600.0 |
---|
1528 | seconds are to be simulated, then <b>end_time</b> |
---|
1529 | >= 3600.0 should be chosen.</font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span> </font></span> </p> |
---|
1530 | |
---|
1531 | |
---|
1532 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">A selection of |
---|
1533 | profiles to be output can be done via parameter </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_pr"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output_pr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">. </font></span> </p> |
---|
1534 | </td> |
---|
1535 | </tr> |
---|
1536 | <tr> |
---|
1537 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="dt_dopr_listing"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_dopr_listing</span><br> |
---|
1538 | </td> |
---|
1539 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
1540 | </td> |
---|
1541 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>9999999.9</i></td> |
---|
1542 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1543 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal |
---|
1544 | interval</font> at which data <font face="Thorndale">of vertical |
---|
1545 | profiles shall be output (output for printouts, local file </font></span><a href="chapter_3.4.html#LIST_PROFIL"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">LIST_PROFIL</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">) (</font></span>in <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">s). </font></span> </p> |
---|
1546 | |
---|
1547 | |
---|
1548 | <p>T<span lang="en-GB"></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#pr1d"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">his |
---|
1549 | parameter can be used to |
---|
1550 | assign the temporal interval at which profile data shall be output.</font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"> Reference time is the beginning |
---|
1551 | of the simulation, thus t = 0. For example if <b>dt_dopr_listing</b> = 1800.0, |
---|
1552 | then output takes place at t = 1800.0, 3600.0, 5400.0, etc. Since |
---|
1553 | profiles can not be calculated for times lying within a time step |
---|
1554 | interval, the output times can deviate from these theoretical values. |
---|
1555 | If a time step ranges from t = 1799.8 to t = 1800.2, then in the |
---|
1556 | example above the output would take place at t = 1800.2. In general, |
---|
1557 | the output always lie between t = 1800.0 and t = 1800.0 + </font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt</font></span></a> |
---|
1558 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">(numbers are related to |
---|
1559 | the |
---|
1560 | example above). If the model uses a variable time step, these |
---|
1561 | deviations from the theoretical output times will of course be |
---|
1562 | different for each output time.<br> |
---|
1563 | </font></span></p> |
---|
1564 | |
---|
1565 | |
---|
1566 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">In order to |
---|
1567 | guarantee an output of profile data at the end of a simulation (see </font></span><font><a href="chapter_4.1.html#end_time"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">end_time</font></span></a></font><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">) in any way</font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">, <span style="font-weight: bold;">end_time</span> |
---|
1568 | should be a little bit |
---|
1569 | larger than the respective theoretical output time. For example, if <b>dt_dopr_listing</b> |
---|
1570 | = <i>900.0</i><span style="font-style: italic;"> </span>and 3600.0 |
---|
1571 | seconds are to be simulated, then it should be at least <b>end_time</b> |
---|
1572 | > 3600.0 + </font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">. If variable time steps are used |
---|
1573 | (which is the default), <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt</span> |
---|
1574 | should be properly estimated. </font></span> </p> |
---|
1575 | |
---|
1576 | |
---|
1577 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Data and output |
---|
1578 | format of the file </font></span><a href="chapter_3.4.html#LIST_PROFIL"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">LIST_PROFIL</font></span></a> <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">is internally fixed. In this file |
---|
1579 | the profiles of the most important model variables are arranged in |
---|
1580 | adjacent columns.</font></span> </p> |
---|
1581 | </td> |
---|
1582 | </tr> |
---|
1583 | <tr> |
---|
1584 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1585 | <p><a name="dt_dots"></a><b>dt_dots</b></p> |
---|
1586 | </td> |
---|
1587 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1588 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">see right</span></td> |
---|
1589 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1590 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal interval</font> at which time series data shall be output (</font>in <font face="Thorndale">s). |
---|
1591 | </font> </p> |
---|
1592 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If output of time |
---|
1593 | series is switched on (see </font></span><a href="#data_output_ts"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output_ts</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">), </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">this parameter can be used to |
---|
1594 | assign the temporal interval at which data points shall be output. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Reference time is the beginning of |
---|
1595 | the simulation, i.e. output takes place at times t = <b>dt_dots</b>, |
---|
1596 | 2*<b>dt_dots</b>, 3*<b>dt_dots</b>, etc. The actual output times can |
---|
1597 | deviate from these theoretical values (see </font></span><a href="#dt_dopr_zeitpunkte"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt_dopr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">). Is <b>dt_dots</b> < </font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">, then data of the time series are |
---|
1598 | written after each time step (if this is requested it should be <b>dt_dots</b> |
---|
1599 | = <i>0</i>).</font></span></p><p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">The default value of <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_dots</span> is calculated as follows:</font></span></p> IF ( <a href="#averaging_interval_pr">averaging_interval_pr</a> == 0.0 ) THEN<br> <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_dots</span> = MIN( <a href="#dt_run_control">dt_run_control</a>, <a href="#dt_dopr">dt_dopr</a> )<br> ELSE<br> <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_dots</span> = MIN( <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_run_control</span>, <a href="#dt_averaging_input_pr">dt_averaging_input_pr</a> )<br> ENDIF<br><br>(which minimizes the number of calls of routine flow_statistics).</td> |
---|
1600 | </tr> |
---|
1601 | |
---|
1602 | <tr> |
---|
1603 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1604 | <p><a name="dt_do2d_xy"></a><b>dt_do2d_xy</b></p> |
---|
1605 | </td> |
---|
1606 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1607 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_data_output">dt_data_<br>output</a></i></td> |
---|
1608 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1609 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal interval</font> at which horizontal cross section data shall be output (</font>in <font face="Thorndale">s). </font> </p> |
---|
1610 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If output of |
---|
1611 | horizontal cross sections is switched on (see </font></span><a href="#data_output"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output</font></span></a> |
---|
1612 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">and </font></span><a href="#section_xy"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">section_xy</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">), this parameter can be used to |
---|
1613 | assign the temporal interval at which cross section data shall be |
---|
1614 | output. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Output can be skipped at the beginning of a simulation using parameter <a href="#skip_time_do2d_xy">skip_time_do2d_xy</a>, which has zero value by default. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Reference time is the beginning of the simulation, i.e. output |
---|
1615 | takes place at times t = <b>skip_time_do2d_xy + dt_do2d_xy</b>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_xy</span> + 2*<b>dt_do2d_xy</b>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_xy</span> + 3*<b>dt_do2d_xy</b>, |
---|
1616 | etc. The actual output times can deviate from these theoretical values |
---|
1617 | (see </font></span><a href="#dt_dopr_zeitpunkte"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt_dopr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">).<br> |
---|
1618 | </font></span></p> |
---|
1619 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Parameter </font></span><a href="#do2d_at_begin"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">do2d_at_begin</font></span></a> |
---|
1620 | has to be used if an additional output is wanted at the start of a run <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">(thus at the time t = 0 or at the |
---|
1621 | respective starting times of restart runs).</font></span> </p> |
---|
1622 | </td> |
---|
1623 | </tr> |
---|
1624 | <tr> |
---|
1625 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1626 | <p><a name="dt_do2d_xz"></a><b>dt_do2d_xz</b></p> |
---|
1627 | </td> |
---|
1628 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1629 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_data_output">dt_data_<br>output</a></i></td> |
---|
1630 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1631 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal interval</font> at which vertical cross sections data (xz) shall be output (</font>in <font face="Thorndale">s). </font> </p> |
---|
1632 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If output of |
---|
1633 | horizontal cross sections is switched on (see </font></span><a href="#data_output"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output</font></span></a> |
---|
1634 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">and </font></span><a href="#section_xz"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">section_xz</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">), |
---|
1635 | this parameter can be used to assign the temporal interval at which |
---|
1636 | cross section data shall be output. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Output can be skipped at the beginning of a simulation using parameter <a href="#skip_time_do2d_xz">skip_time_do2d_xz</a>, which has zero value by default. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Reference time is the beginning of |
---|
1637 | the simulation, i.e. output takes place at times t = <b>skip_time_do2d_xz + dt_do2d_xz</b>, |
---|
1638 | <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_xz</span> + 2*<b>dt_do2d_xz</b>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_xz</span> + 3*<b>dt_do2d_xz</b>, etc. The actual output times |
---|
1639 | can deviate from these theoretical values (see </font></span><a href="#dt_dopr_zeitpunkte"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt_dopr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">).<br> |
---|
1640 | </font></span></p> |
---|
1641 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Parameter </font></span><a href="#do2d_at_begin"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">do2d_at_begin</font></span></a> |
---|
1642 | has to be used if an additional output is wanted at the start of a run <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">(thus at the time t = 0 or at the |
---|
1643 | respective starting times of restart runs).</font></span> </p> |
---|
1644 | </td> |
---|
1645 | </tr> |
---|
1646 | <tr> |
---|
1647 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1648 | <p><a name="dt_do2d_yz"></a><b>dt_do2d_yz</b></p> |
---|
1649 | </td> |
---|
1650 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1651 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_data_output">dt_data_<br>output</a></i></td> |
---|
1652 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1653 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal interval</font> at which vertical cross section data (yz) shall be output (</font>in s<font face="Thorndale">). </font> </p> |
---|
1654 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If output of |
---|
1655 | horizontal cross sections is switched on (see </font></span><a href="#data_output"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output</font></span></a> |
---|
1656 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">and </font></span><a href="#section_yz"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">section_yz</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">), |
---|
1657 | this parameter can be used to assign the temporal interval at which |
---|
1658 | cross section data shall be output. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Output can be skipped at the beginning of a simulation using parameter <a href="#skip_time_do2d_yz">skip_time_do2d_yz</a>, which has zero value by default. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Reference time is the beginning of |
---|
1659 | the simulation, i.e. output takes place at times t = <b>skip_time_do2d_yz + dt_do2d_yz</b>, |
---|
1660 | <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_yz</span> + 2*<b>dt_do2d_yz</b>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_yz </span>+ 3*<b>dt_do2d_yz</b>, etc. The actual output times |
---|
1661 | can deviate from these theoretical values (see </font></span><a href="#dt_dopr_zeitpunkte"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt_dopr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">).<br> |
---|
1662 | </font></span></p> |
---|
1663 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Parameter </font></span><a href="#do2d_at_begin"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">do2d_at_begin</font></span></a> |
---|
1664 | has to be used if an additional output is wanted at the start of a run <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">(thus at the time t = 0 or at the |
---|
1665 | respective starting times of restart runs).</font></span> </p> |
---|
1666 | </td> |
---|
1667 | </tr> |
---|
1668 | <tr> |
---|
1669 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1670 | <p><a name="dt_do3d"></a><b>dt_do3d</b></p> |
---|
1671 | </td> |
---|
1672 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1673 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_data_output">dt_data_<br>output</a></i></td> |
---|
1674 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1675 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal interval</font> at which 3d volume data shall be output (</font>in <font face="Thorndale">s). </font> |
---|
1676 | </p> |
---|
1677 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If output of |
---|
1678 | 3d-volume data is switched on (see </font></span><font><a href="#data_output"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output</font></span></a>)<span style="font-family: thorndale;">, this parameter can be used to assign |
---|
1679 | th</span></font><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">e temporal |
---|
1680 | interval at which 3d-data shall be output. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Output can be skipped at the beginning of a simulation using parameter <a href="#skip_time_do3d">skip_time_do3d</a>, which has zero value by default. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Reference time is the |
---|
1681 | beginning of the simulation, i.e. output takes place at times t = <b>skip_time_do3d + dt_do3d</b>, |
---|
1682 | <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do3d</span> + 2*<b>dt_do3d</b>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do3d</span> + 3*<b>dt_do3d</b>, etc. The actual output times can |
---|
1683 | deviate from these theoretical values (see </font></span><a href="#dt_dopr_zeitpunkte"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt_dopr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">). <br> |
---|
1684 | </font></span></p> |
---|
1685 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Parameter </font></span><a href="#do3d_at_begin"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">do3d_at_begin</font></span></a> |
---|
1686 | has to be used if an additional output is wanted at the start of a run <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">(thus at the time t = 0 or at the |
---|
1687 | respective starting times of restart runs).</font></span> </p> |
---|
1688 | </td> |
---|
1689 | </tr> |
---|
1690 | |
---|
1691 | <tr> |
---|
1692 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1693 | <p><a name="dt_restart"></a><b>dt_restart</b></p> |
---|
1694 | </td> |
---|
1695 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1696 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>9999999.9</i></td> |
---|
1697 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1698 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal interval</font> at which a new |
---|
1699 | restart run is to be carried out (</font>in <font face="Thorndale">s). |
---|
1700 | </font> </p> |
---|
1701 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">For a description |
---|
1702 | how to assign restart times manually see run time parameter </font></span><a href="#restart_time"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">restart_time</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">. <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_restart</span> |
---|
1703 | does not show any effect, if <span style="font-weight: bold;">restart_time</span> |
---|
1704 | has not been set.</font></span> </p> |
---|
1705 | </td> |
---|
1706 | </tr> |
---|
1707 | <tr> |
---|
1708 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1709 | <p><a name="dt_run_control"></a><b>dt_run_control</b></p> |
---|
1710 | </td> |
---|
1711 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1712 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>60.0</i></td> |
---|
1713 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1714 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal interval</font> at which run control |
---|
1715 | output is to be made (</font>in <font face="Thorndale">s). </font> |
---|
1716 | </p> |
---|
1717 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Run control |
---|
1718 | information is output to the local ASCII-file </font></span><a href="chapter_3.4.html#RUN_CONTROL"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">RUN_CONTROL</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">. At each output time, one line |
---|
1719 | with information about the size of the time step, maximum speeds, total |
---|
1720 | kinetic energy etc. is written to this file. Reference time is the |
---|
1721 | beginning of the simulation, i.e. output takes place at times t = <b>dt_run_control</b>, |
---|
1722 | 2*<b>dt_run_control</b>, 3*<b>dt_run_control</b>, etc., and always at |
---|
1723 | the beginning of a model run (thus at the time t = 0 or at the |
---|
1724 | respective starting times of restart runs). The actual output times can |
---|
1725 | deviate from these theoretical values (see </font></span><a href="#dt_dopr_zeitpunkte"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt_dopr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">).<br> |
---|
1726 | </font></span></p> |
---|
1727 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Run control |
---|
1728 | information is output after each time step can be achieved via <b>dt_run_control</b> |
---|
1729 | = <i>0.0</i>.</font></span> </p> |
---|
1730 | </td> |
---|
1731 | </tr> |
---|
1732 | |
---|
1733 | |
---|
1734 | |
---|
1735 | <tr> |
---|
1736 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1737 | <p><a name="end_time"></a><b>end_time</b></p> |
---|
1738 | </td> |
---|
1739 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1740 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>0.0</i></td> |
---|
1741 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1742 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Simulation time of the 3D |
---|
1743 | model (</font>in <font face="Thorndale">s). </font> </p> |
---|
1744 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">The simulation time |
---|
1745 | is starting from the beginning of the initialization run (t = 0), not |
---|
1746 | starting from the beginning of the respective restart run.</font></span> |
---|
1747 | </p> |
---|
1748 | </td> |
---|
1749 | </tr> |
---|
1750 | |
---|
1751 | <tr> |
---|
1752 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1753 | <p><a name="force_print_header"></a><b>force_print_header</b></p> |
---|
1754 | </td> |
---|
1755 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L</td> |
---|
1756 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>.F.</i></td> |
---|
1757 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1758 | <p>Steering of header output to the local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#RUN_CONTROL">RUN_CONTROL</a>. </p> |
---|
1759 | <p>By default, informations about the model parameters in use are |
---|
1760 | output to the beginning of file RUN_CONTROL for initial runs only |
---|
1761 | (these informations are identical to that which are output to the local |
---|
1762 | file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#HEADER">HEADER</a>). |
---|
1763 | With <b>force_print_header</b> = <i>.T.</i>, these informations are |
---|
1764 | also output to <a href="chapter_3.4.html#RUN_CONTROL">RUN_CONTROL</a> |
---|
1765 | at restart runs.</p> |
---|
1766 | </td> |
---|
1767 | </tr> |
---|
1768 | <tr> |
---|
1769 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1770 | <p><a name="mg_cycles"></a><b>mg_cycles</b></p> |
---|
1771 | </td> |
---|
1772 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I</td> |
---|
1773 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>-1</i></td> |
---|
1774 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1775 | <p>Number of cycles to be used with the multi-grid scheme.<br> |
---|
1776 | <br> |
---|
1777 | This parameter determines the number of cycles to be carried out in the |
---|
1778 | multi-grid method used for solving the Poisson equation for |
---|
1779 | perturbation pressure (see <a href="#psolver">psolver</a>). |
---|
1780 | The type of the cycles can be set with <a href="#cycle_mg">cycle_mg</a>.<br> |
---|
1781 | </p> |
---|
1782 | <br> |
---|
1783 | By default (<b>mg_cyles</b> = <i>- 1</i>), the number of cycles |
---|
1784 | depends on the requested accuracy of the scheme (see <a href="#residual_limit">residual_limit</a>) |
---|
1785 | and may vary from time step to time step. In this case, the CPU time |
---|
1786 | for a run will be difficult to estimate, since it heavily depends on |
---|
1787 | the total number of the cycles to be carried out.<br> |
---|
1788 | <br> |
---|
1789 | By assigning <b>mg_cycles</b> a value (>=<span style="font-style: italic;">1</span>), the number of cycles can be |
---|
1790 | fixed so that the CPU time can be clearly estimated. <br> |
---|
1791 | <br> |
---|
1792 | <b>Note:</b> When using a fixed number of cycles, the user must |
---|
1793 | examine the local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#RUN_CONTROL">RUN_CONTROL</a> |
---|
1794 | regularly to check whether the divergence of the velocity field is |
---|
1795 | sufficiently reduced by the pressure solver. It should be reduced at |
---|
1796 | least by two orders of magnitude. For cyclic boundary conditions along |
---|
1797 | both horizontal directions (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#bc_lr">bc_lr</a> |
---|
1798 | and <a href="chapter_4.1.html#bc_ns">bc_ns</a>) <span style="font-weight: bold;">mg_cycles</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">2</span> is typically a good choice, for |
---|
1799 | non-cyclic lateral boundary conditions <span style="font-weight: bold;">mg_cycles</span> |
---|
1800 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">4</span> may be sufficient.</td> |
---|
1801 | </tr> |
---|
1802 | <tr> |
---|
1803 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="mg_switch_to_pe0_level"></a><b>mg_switch_to_pe0_<br> |
---|
1804 | level</b></td> |
---|
1805 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I</td> |
---|
1806 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><br> |
---|
1807 | </td> |
---|
1808 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Grid |
---|
1809 | level at which data shall be gathered on PE0.<br> |
---|
1810 | <br> |
---|
1811 | In case of a run using several PEs and the multigrid method for solving |
---|
1812 | the Poisson equation for perturbation pressure (see <a href="#psolver">psolver</a>), |
---|
1813 | the value of this parameter defines on which grid level the data are |
---|
1814 | gathered on PE0 in order to allow for a further coarsening of the grid. |
---|
1815 | The finest grid defines the largest grid level. By default, the |
---|
1816 | gathering level is determined automatically and displayed in file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#RUN_CONTROL">RUN_CONTROL</a>. |
---|
1817 | It is only possible to gather data from a level larger than the one |
---|
1818 | determined automatically. A test run may be neccessary to determine |
---|
1819 | this level.</td> |
---|
1820 | </tr> |
---|
1821 | <tr> |
---|
1822 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="netcdf_64bit"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">netcdf_64bit</span><br> |
---|
1823 | </td> |
---|
1824 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
1825 | </td> |
---|
1826 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">.F.</span><br> |
---|
1827 | </td> |
---|
1828 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">NetCDF files will have 64 bit offset format.<br><br>By |
---|
1829 | default, the maximum file size of the NetCDF files opened by PALM is 2 |
---|
1830 | GByte. Using netcdf_64bit = .TRUE. allows file sizes larger than 2 |
---|
1831 | GByte.<br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Warning:</span><br>Some (PD or commercial) software may not support the 64 bit offset format.<br> |
---|
1832 | </td> |
---|
1833 | </tr> |
---|
1834 | <tr> |
---|
1835 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1836 | <p><a name="ngsrb"></a><b>ngsrb</b></p> |
---|
1837 | </td> |
---|
1838 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I</td> |
---|
1839 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>2</i></td> |
---|
1840 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Grid |
---|
1841 | level at which data shall be gathered on PE0.<br> |
---|
1842 | <br> |
---|
1843 | In case of a run using several PEs and the multigrid method for solving |
---|
1844 | the Poisson equation for perturbation pressure (see <a href="#psolver">psolver</a>), |
---|
1845 | the value of this parameter defines on which grid level the data are |
---|
1846 | gathered on PE0 in order to allow for a further coarsening of the grid. |
---|
1847 | The finest grid defines the largest grid level. By default, the |
---|
1848 | gathering level is determined automatically and displayed in file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#RUN_CONTROL">RUN_CONTROL</a>. |
---|
1849 | It is only possible to gather data from a level larger than the one |
---|
1850 | determined automatically. A test run may be neccessary to determine |
---|
1851 | this level.</td> |
---|
1852 | </tr> |
---|
1853 | <tr> |
---|
1854 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1855 | <p><a name="normalizing_region"></a><b>normalizing_region</b></p> |
---|
1856 | </td> |
---|
1857 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I</td> |
---|
1858 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">0</span><br> |
---|
1859 | </td> |
---|
1860 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1861 | <p>Determines the subdomain from which the normalization |
---|
1862 | quantities are calculated. </p> |
---|
1863 | <p>If output data of the horizontally averaged vertical profiles |
---|
1864 | (see <a href="#data_output_pr">data_output_pr</a>) |
---|
1865 | is to be normalized (see <a href="#cross_normalized_x">cross_normalized_x</a>, |
---|
1866 | <a href="#cross_normalized_y">cross_normalized_y</a>), |
---|
1867 | the respective normalization quantities are by default calculated from |
---|
1868 | the averaged data of the total model domain (<b>normalizing_region</b> |
---|
1869 | = <i>0</i>) and are thus representative for the total domain. Instead |
---|
1870 | of that, normalization quantities can also be calculated for a |
---|
1871 | subdomain. The wanted subdomain can be given with the parameter <span style="font-weight: bold;">normalizing_region</span>, where <i>1</i> |
---|
1872 | <= <b>normalizing_region</b> <= <i>9 </i>must hold. These |
---|
1873 | quantities are then used for normalizing of all profiles (even for that |
---|
1874 | of the total domain).</p> |
---|
1875 | </td> |
---|
1876 | </tr> |
---|
1877 | <tr> |
---|
1878 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1879 | <p><a name="nsor"></a><b>nsor</b></p> |
---|
1880 | </td> |
---|
1881 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I</td> |
---|
1882 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>20</i></td> |
---|
1883 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1884 | <p>Number of iterations to be used with the SOR-scheme. </p> |
---|
1885 | <p>This parameter is only effective if the SOR-scheme is selected |
---|
1886 | as pressure solver (<a href="#psolver">psolver</a> |
---|
1887 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">'sor'</span>). The number of |
---|
1888 | iterations necessary for a sufficient convergence of the scheme depends |
---|
1889 | on the grid point numbers and is to be determined by appropriate test |
---|
1890 | runs (the default value will not at all be sufficient for larger grid |
---|
1891 | point numbers). The number of iterations used for the first call of the |
---|
1892 | SOR-scheme (t = 0) is determined via the parameter <a href="chapter_4.1.html#nsor_ini">nsor_ini</a>.</p> |
---|
1893 | </td> |
---|
1894 | </tr> |
---|
1895 | <tr> |
---|
1896 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1897 | <p><a name="nz_do3d"></a><b>nz_do3d</b></p> |
---|
1898 | </td> |
---|
1899 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I</td> |
---|
1900 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>nz+1</i></td> |
---|
1901 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1902 | |
---|
1903 | |
---|
1904 | Limits the output of 3d volume data along the vertical direction (grid point index k).<br><br>By default, data for all grid points along z are output. The parameter <span style="font-weight: bold;">nz_do3d</span> |
---|
1905 | can be used to limit the output up to a certain vertical grid point |
---|
1906 | (e.g. in order to reduce the amount of output data). It affects all |
---|
1907 | output of volume data ("normal" output to file, see <a href="#data_output">data_output</a>, as well as output for <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span>-software, see <a href="#mode_dvrp">mode_dvrp</a>).</td> |
---|
1908 | </tr> |
---|
1909 | <tr> |
---|
1910 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1911 | <p><a name="omega_sor"></a><b>omega_sor</b></p> |
---|
1912 | </td> |
---|
1913 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1914 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>1.8</i></td> |
---|
1915 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1916 | <p>Convergence factor to be used with the the SOR-scheme. </p> |
---|
1917 | <p>If the SOR-scheme is selected (<a href="#psolver">psolver</a> |
---|
1918 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">'sor'</span>), this parameter |
---|
1919 | determines the value of the convergence factor, where <i>1.0</i> <= |
---|
1920 | <b>omega_sor</b> < <i>2.0 </i>. The optimum value of <b>omega_sor</b> |
---|
1921 | depends on the number of grid points along the different directions in |
---|
1922 | space. For non-equidistant grids it can only be determined by |
---|
1923 | appropriate test runs.</p> |
---|
1924 | </td> |
---|
1925 | </tr> |
---|
1926 | |
---|
1927 | |
---|
1928 | |
---|
1929 | |
---|
1930 | |
---|
1931 | |
---|
1932 | |
---|
1933 | |
---|
1934 | <tr> |
---|
1935 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1936 | <p><a name="prandtl_number"></a><b>prandtl_number</b></p> |
---|
1937 | </td> |
---|
1938 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
1939 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>1.0</i></td> |
---|
1940 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1941 | <p>Ratio of the eddy diffusivities for momentum and heat (K<sub>m</sub>/K<sub>h</sub>). |
---|
1942 | </p> |
---|
1943 | <p>For runs with constant eddy diffusivity (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#km_constant">km_constant</a>), |
---|
1944 | this parameter can be used to assign the Prandtl number (ratio K<sub>m</sub> |
---|
1945 | / K<sub>h</sub>).</p> |
---|
1946 | </td> |
---|
1947 | </tr> |
---|
1948 | <tr> |
---|
1949 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1950 | <p><a name="profile_columns"></a><b>profile_columns</b></p> |
---|
1951 | </td> |
---|
1952 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I</td> |
---|
1953 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>3</i></td> |
---|
1954 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1955 | <p>Number of coordinate systems to be plotted<span style="font-weight: bold;"></span> in one row by <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. </p> |
---|
1956 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>.</p><p>It determines the layout of plots of |
---|
1957 | horizontally averaged profiles (<a href="#data_output_pr">data_output_pr</a>) |
---|
1958 | when plotted with the plot software <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. |
---|
1959 | Generally, the number and sequence of coordinate systems (panels) to be |
---|
1960 | plotted on one page are |
---|
1961 | determined by <a href="#cross_profiles">cross_profiles</a>. <b>profile_columns</b> |
---|
1962 | determines how many panels are to be |
---|
1963 | arranged next to each other in one row (number of columns). The |
---|
1964 | respective number of rows on a page is assigned by <a href="#profile_rows">profile_rows</a>. |
---|
1965 | According to their order given by <a href="#data_output_pr">data_output_pr</a>, |
---|
1966 | the panels are arranged beginning in the top row from left to right and |
---|
1967 | then continued in the following row. If the number of panels cranz > |
---|
1968 | <b>profile_columns</b> * <b>profile_rows</b>, the remaining |
---|
1969 | panels are drawn on an additional page. If cranz < <b>profile_columns</b>, |
---|
1970 | then <b>profile_columns</b> = cranz is automatically set. If |
---|
1971 | row contains any panel, then the value of <b>profile_rows</b> |
---|
1972 | is reduced automatically.</p> |
---|
1973 | </td> |
---|
1974 | </tr> |
---|
1975 | <tr> |
---|
1976 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1977 | <p><a name="profile_rows"></a><b>profile_rows</b></p> |
---|
1978 | </td> |
---|
1979 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I</td> |
---|
1980 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>2</i></td> |
---|
1981 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1982 | <p>Number of rows of coordinate systems to be plotted on one page |
---|
1983 | by <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. </p> |
---|
1984 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>.</p><p>It determines the layout of plots of horizontally averaged |
---|
1985 | profiles. See <a href="#profile_columns">profile_columns</a>.</p> |
---|
1986 | </td> |
---|
1987 | </tr> |
---|
1988 | <tr> |
---|
1989 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1990 | <p><a name="psolver"></a><b>psolver</b></p> |
---|
1991 | </td> |
---|
1992 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C * 10</td> |
---|
1993 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>'poisfft'</i></td> |
---|
1994 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
1995 | <p>Scheme to be used to solve the Poisson equation for the |
---|
1996 | perturbation pressure. </p> |
---|
1997 | <br> |
---|
1998 | The user can choose between the following schemes:<br> |
---|
1999 | <table style="text-align: left; width: 100%;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"> |
---|
2000 | <tbody> |
---|
2001 | <tr> |
---|
2002 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>poisfft</i></td> |
---|
2003 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Direct method using FFT |
---|
2004 | along x and y, solution of a |
---|
2005 | tridiagonal matrix along z, and backward |
---|
2006 | FFT (see Siano, institute reports, volume 54). The FFT routines to be |
---|
2007 | used can be determined via the initialization parameter <a href="chapter_4.1.html#fft_method">fft_method</a>.<br> |
---|
2008 | This solver is specially optimized for 1d domain decompositions. |
---|
2009 | Vectorization is optimized for domain decompositions along x only.</td> |
---|
2010 | </tr> |
---|
2011 | <tr> |
---|
2012 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2013 | <p><i>poisfft_</i> <br> |
---|
2014 | <i>hybrid</i></p> |
---|
2015 | </td> |
---|
2016 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Direct method using FFT |
---|
2017 | along x and y, solution of a |
---|
2018 | tridiagonal matrix along z, and backward |
---|
2019 | FFT (see Siano, institute reports, volume 54). The FFT routines to be |
---|
2020 | used can be determined via the initialization parameter <a href="chapter_4.1.html#fft_method">fft_method</a>.<br> |
---|
2021 | This solver is specially optimized for 1d domain decompositions. |
---|
2022 | Vectorization is optimized for domain decompositions along x only.</td> |
---|
2023 | </tr> |
---|
2024 | <tr> |
---|
2025 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>multigrid</i></td> |
---|
2026 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2027 | <p>Multi-grid scheme (see Uhlenbrock, diploma thesis). v- |
---|
2028 | and |
---|
2029 | w-cycles (see <a href="#cycle_mg">cycle_mg</a>) |
---|
2030 | are implemented. The convergence of the iterative scheme can be |
---|
2031 | steered by the number of v-/w-cycles to be carried out for each call of |
---|
2032 | the scheme (<a href="#mg_cycles">mg_cycles</a>) |
---|
2033 | and by the number of Gauss-Seidel iterations (see <a href="#ngsrb">ngsrb</a>) |
---|
2034 | to be carried out on each grid level. Instead the requested accuracy |
---|
2035 | can be given via <a href="#residual_limit">residual_limit</a>. <span style="font-weight: bold;">This is the default!</span> |
---|
2036 | The |
---|
2037 | smaller this limit is, the more cycles have to be carried out in this |
---|
2038 | case and the number of cycles may vary from timestep to timestep.</p> |
---|
2039 | <br> |
---|
2040 | If <a href="#mg_cycles">mg_cycles</a> |
---|
2041 | is set to its optimal value, the computing time of the |
---|
2042 | multi-grid scheme amounts approximately to that of the direct solver <span style="font-style: italic;">poisfft</span>, as long as the number of |
---|
2043 | grid points in the three directions |
---|
2044 | of space corresponds to a power-of-two (2<sup>n</sup>) |
---|
2045 | where <i>n</i> >= 5 must hold. With large <i>n, </i>the |
---|
2046 | multi-grid scheme can even be faster than the direct solver (although |
---|
2047 | its accuracy is several orders of magnitude worse, but this does not |
---|
2048 | affect the accuracy of the simulation). Nevertheless, the user should |
---|
2049 | always carry out some test runs in order to find out the optimum value |
---|
2050 | for <a href="#mg_cycles">mg_cycles</a>, |
---|
2051 | because the CPU time of a run very critically depends on this |
---|
2052 | parameter. |
---|
2053 | <p>This scheme requires that the number of grid points of |
---|
2054 | the |
---|
2055 | subdomains (or of the total domain, if only one PE is uesd) along each |
---|
2056 | of the directions can at least be devided once by 2 without rest.</p> |
---|
2057 | With parallel runs, starting from a certain grid level the |
---|
2058 | data of the subdomains are possibly gathered on PE0 in order to allow |
---|
2059 | for a further coarsening of the grid. The grid level for gathering can |
---|
2060 | be manually set by <a href="#mg_switch_to_pe0_level">mg_switch_to_pe0_level</a>.<br> |
---|
2061 | <p>Using this procedure requires the subdomains to be of |
---|
2062 | identical size (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#grid_matching">grid_matching</a>).</p> |
---|
2063 | </td> |
---|
2064 | </tr> |
---|
2065 | <tr> |
---|
2066 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>sor</i></td> |
---|
2067 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Successive over relaxation |
---|
2068 | method (SOR). The convergence of |
---|
2069 | this |
---|
2070 | iterative scheme is steered with the parameters <a href="#omega_sor">omega_sor</a>, |
---|
2071 | <a href="chapter_4.1.html#nsor_ini">nsor_ini</a> |
---|
2072 | and <a href="chapter_4.1.html#nsor">nsor</a>. <br> |
---|
2073 | Compared to the direct method and the multi-grid method, this scheme |
---|
2074 | needs substantially |
---|
2075 | more computing time. It should only be used for test runs, e.g. if |
---|
2076 | errors in the other pressure solver methods are assumed.</td> |
---|
2077 | </tr> |
---|
2078 | </tbody> |
---|
2079 | </table> |
---|
2080 | <br> |
---|
2081 | In order to speed-up performance, the Poisson equation is by default |
---|
2082 | only solved at the last substep of a multistep Runge-Kutta scheme (see <a href="#call_psolver_at_all_substeps">call_psolver |
---|
2083 | at_all_substeps</a> and <a href="chapter_4.1.html#timestep_scheme">timestep_scheme</a>). |
---|
2084 | </td> |
---|
2085 | </tr> |
---|
2086 | <tr> |
---|
2087 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2088 | <p><a name="rayleigh_damping_factor"></a><b>rayleigh_damping</b> <br> |
---|
2089 | <b>_factor</b></p> |
---|
2090 | </td> |
---|
2091 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
2092 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>0.0 or</i><br> |
---|
2093 | <i>0.01</i></td> |
---|
2094 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2095 | <p>Factor for Rayleigh damping. </p> |
---|
2096 | <p>A so-called Rayleigh damping is applied to all prognostic |
---|
2097 | variables if a non-zero value is assigned to <b>rayleigh_damping_factor</b>. |
---|
2098 | If switched on, variables are forced towards the value of their |
---|
2099 | respective basic states (e.g. the geostrophic wind). The intensity of |
---|
2100 | damping is controlled by the value the <b>rayleigh_damping_factor</b> |
---|
2101 | is assigned to. |
---|
2102 | The damping starts weakly at a height defined by <a href="#rayleigh_damping_height">rayleigh_damping_height</a> |
---|
2103 | and rises according to a sin<sup>2</sup>-function to its maximum value |
---|
2104 | at |
---|
2105 | the top boundary. </p> |
---|
2106 | <p>This method |
---|
2107 | effectively damps gravity waves, caused by boundary layer convection, |
---|
2108 | which may spread out vertically in the inversion layer and which are |
---|
2109 | reflected at the top |
---|
2110 | boundary. This particularly happens with the upstream-spline scheme |
---|
2111 | switched on (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#momentum_advec">momentum_advec</a> |
---|
2112 | or <a href="chapter_4.1.html#scalar_advec">scalar_advec</a>). |
---|
2113 | Therefore, with this scheme the Rayleigh damping is switched on (<b>rayleigh_damping_factor</b> |
---|
2114 | = <i>0.01</i>) by default. Otherwise it remains switched off. </p> |
---|
2115 | <p>The Rayleigh damping factor must hold the condition <i>0.0</i> |
---|
2116 | <= <b>rayleigh_damping_factor</b> |
---|
2117 | <= <i>1.0</i>. Large values (close to <span style="font-style: italic;">1.0</span>) can cause |
---|
2118 | numerical instabilities.</p> |
---|
2119 | </td> |
---|
2120 | </tr> |
---|
2121 | <tr> |
---|
2122 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2123 | <p><a name="rayleigh_damping_height"></a><b>rayleigh_damping</b> <br> |
---|
2124 | <b>_height</b></p> |
---|
2125 | </td> |
---|
2126 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
2127 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2128 | <p><i>2/3 *</i> <br><span style="font-style: italic;"> |
---|
2129 | zu</span><i style="font-style: italic;">(nz)</i></p> |
---|
2130 | </td> |
---|
2131 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2132 | <p>Height where the Rayleigh damping starts (in m). </p> |
---|
2133 | <p>With Rayleigh damping switched on (see <a href="#rayleigh_damping_factor">rayleigh_damping_factor</a>), |
---|
2134 | this parameter determines the range where damping is applied. By |
---|
2135 | default, Rayleigh damping will be applied in the upper third of the |
---|
2136 | model |
---|
2137 | domain.</p> |
---|
2138 | </td> |
---|
2139 | </tr> |
---|
2140 | <tr> |
---|
2141 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2142 | <p><a name="residual_limit"></a><b>residual_limit</b></p> |
---|
2143 | </td> |
---|
2144 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
2145 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>1.0E-6</i></td> |
---|
2146 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2147 | <p>Largest residual permitted for the multi-grid scheme (in s<sup>-2</sup>m<sup>-3</sup>). |
---|
2148 | </p> |
---|
2149 | <p>This is a parameter to steer the accuracy of the multi-grid |
---|
2150 | scheme (see <a href="#psolver">psolver</a>). |
---|
2151 | The assigned cycle (v- or w-cycle, see <a href="#mg_cycles">mg_cycles</a>) |
---|
2152 | is passed through until the residual falls below the limit given by <span style="font-weight: bold;">residual_limit</span>. If this |
---|
2153 | is not the case after 1000 cycles, the PALM aborts with a corresponding |
---|
2154 | error message.</p> |
---|
2155 | <p>The reciprocal value of this parameter can be interpreted as |
---|
2156 | a factor by the divergence of the provisional |
---|
2157 | velocity field is approximately reduced after the multi-grid scheme has |
---|
2158 | been applied (thus the default value causes a reduction of the |
---|
2159 | divergence by approx. 6 orders of magnitude). </p> |
---|
2160 | </td> |
---|
2161 | </tr> |
---|
2162 | <tr> |
---|
2163 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2164 | <p><a name="restart_time"></a><b>restart_time</b></p> |
---|
2165 | </td> |
---|
2166 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
2167 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>9999999.9</i></td> |
---|
2168 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2169 | <p>Simulated time after which a restart run is to be carried out |
---|
2170 | (in s). </p> |
---|
2171 | <p>The simulated time refers to the beginning of the |
---|
2172 | initial run (t = 0), not to the beginning of the respective |
---|
2173 | restart run. Restart runs can additionally be forced to be carried out |
---|
2174 | in regular intervals using the run time parameter <a href="#dt_restart">dt_restart</a>. |
---|
2175 | </p> |
---|
2176 | <p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</span><br> |
---|
2177 | A successful operation of this parameter requires additional |
---|
2178 | modifications in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">mrun</span>-call |
---|
2179 | for the respective run (see <a href="chapter_3.3.html">chapter |
---|
2180 | 3.3</a>).<br> |
---|
2181 | </p> |
---|
2182 | <p>The choice of <b>restart_time</b> or <b>dt_restart</b> does |
---|
2183 | not override the automatic start of restart runs in case that the job |
---|
2184 | runs out of CPU time. <br> |
---|
2185 | </p> |
---|
2186 | </td> |
---|
2187 | </tr> |
---|
2188 | <tr> |
---|
2189 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2190 | <p><a name="section_xy"></a><b>section_xy</b></p> |
---|
2191 | </td> |
---|
2192 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I(100)<br> |
---|
2193 | </td> |
---|
2194 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">no section</span><br> |
---|
2195 | </td> |
---|
2196 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2197 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Position of cross section(s) for output of 2d horizontal cross sections (grid point index k). </font> |
---|
2198 | </p> |
---|
2199 | |
---|
2200 | |
---|
2201 | |
---|
2202 | |
---|
2203 | |
---|
2204 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If output of |
---|
2205 | horizontal cross sections is selected (see </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">), this parameter can be used to |
---|
2206 | define the position(s) of the cross section(s). Up to 100 positions of |
---|
2207 | cross sections can be selected by assigning <b>section_xy</b> |
---|
2208 | the |
---|
2209 | corresponding vertical grid point index/indices k of the requested |
---|
2210 | cross section(s). The exact location (height level) of the cross |
---|
2211 | section depends on the variable for which the output is made: zu(k) for |
---|
2212 | scalars and horizontal velocities, zw(k) for the vertical velocity. |
---|
2213 | Information about the exact location of the cross section is contained |
---|
2214 | in the NetCDF output file (if the default NetCDF output is switched on; |
---|
2215 | see <a href="#data_output_format">data_output_format</a>).</font></span></p><p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Assigning <span style="font-weight: bold;">section_xy</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">-1</span> |
---|
2216 | creates the output of horizontal cross sections averaged along z. In the |
---|
2217 | NetCDF output file these (averaged) cross sections are given the z-coordinate <span style="font-style: italic;">-1.0</span>.</font></span></p><p><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Assignments to <b>section_xy</b> |
---|
2218 | does not effect the output of horizontal cross sections of variable u<sub>*</sub> |
---|
2219 | and theta<sub>*</sub> and the liquid water path lwp*. For these quantities always only one cross |
---|
2220 | section (for z=zu(1)) is output.</font></span></p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">In case of <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_format</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'iso2d'</span> and if several cross sections are selected (e.g. <b>section_xy</b> |
---|
2221 | = <i>1</i>, <i>10</i>, <i>15</i>), then the respective data are |
---|
2222 | successively written to file. The output order follows the order given |
---|
2223 | by <b>section_xy</b>. </font></span></td> |
---|
2224 | </tr> |
---|
2225 | <tr> |
---|
2226 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2227 | <p><a name="section_xz"></a><b>section_xz</b></p> |
---|
2228 | </td> |
---|
2229 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I(100)<br> |
---|
2230 | </td> |
---|
2231 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">no section</span></td> |
---|
2232 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2233 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Position of cross section(s) for output of 2d (xz) vertical cross sections (grid point index j). </font> |
---|
2234 | </p> |
---|
2235 | |
---|
2236 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If output of |
---|
2237 | vertical xz cross sections is selected (see </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">), this parameter can be used to |
---|
2238 | define the position(s) of the cross section(s). Up to 100 positions of |
---|
2239 | cross sections can be selected by assigning <b>section_xz</b> the |
---|
2240 | corresponding horizontal grid point index/indices j of the requested |
---|
2241 | cross section(s). The exact position (in y-direction) of the cross |
---|
2242 | section is given by j*</font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dy"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dy</font></span></a> <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">or (j-0.5)*</font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dy"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dy</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">, depending on which grid the output quantity is defined. However, in the NetCDF output file </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">(if the default NetCDF output is switched on; see <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a>) no distinction is made between the quantities and j*<span style="font-weight: bold;">dy</span> is used for all positions.<br><br>Assigning <span style="font-weight: bold;">section_xz</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">-1</span> |
---|
2243 | creates the output of vertical cross sections averaged along y. In the |
---|
2244 | NetCDF output file these (averaged) cross sections are given the |
---|
2245 | y-coordinate <span style="font-style: italic;">-1.0</span>.<br></font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><br></font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">In case of <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_format</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'iso2d'</span> and </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">if several cross sections are |
---|
2246 | selected (e.g. <b>section_xz</b> = <i>0</i>, <i>12</i>, <i>27</i>), |
---|
2247 | then the respective data are successively written to file. The output |
---|
2248 | order follows the order given by <b>section_xz</b>.</font></span></td> |
---|
2249 | </tr> |
---|
2250 | <tr> |
---|
2251 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2252 | <p><a name="section_yz"></a><b>section_yz</b></p> |
---|
2253 | </td> |
---|
2254 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I(100)<br> |
---|
2255 | </td> |
---|
2256 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">no section</span></td> |
---|
2257 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2258 | <p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Position of cross section(s) for output of 2d (yz) vertical cross sections (grid point index i). </font> |
---|
2259 | </p> |
---|
2260 | |
---|
2261 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If output of |
---|
2262 | vertical yz cross sections is selected (see </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">), |
---|
2263 | this parameter can be used to define the position(s) of the cross |
---|
2264 | section(s). Up to 100 positions of cross sections can be selected by |
---|
2265 | assigning <b>section_yz</b> the corresponding horizontal grid point |
---|
2266 | index/indices i of the requested cross section(s). The exact position |
---|
2267 | (in x-direction) of the cross section is given by i*</font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dx"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dx</font></span></a> |
---|
2268 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">or (i-0.5)*</font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dx"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dx</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">, depending on which grid the output quantity is defined. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">However, in the NetCDF output file </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">(if the default NetCDF output is switched on; see <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a>) no distinction is made between the quantities and i*<span style="font-weight: bold;">dx</span> is used for all positions.<br><br></font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Assigning <span style="font-weight: bold;">section_yz</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">-1</span> |
---|
2269 | creates the output of vertical cross sections averaged along x. In the |
---|
2270 | NetCDF output file these (averaged) cross sections are given the x-coordinate <span style="font-style: italic;">-1.0</span>.</font></span><br><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"> <br></font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">In case of <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_format</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'iso2d'</span> and </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">if several cross sections are |
---|
2271 | selected (e.g. <b>section_yz</b> = <span style="font-style: italic;">3</span>, |
---|
2272 | <span style="font-style: italic;">27</span>, 19), then the |
---|
2273 | respective data are successively written to file. The output order |
---|
2274 | follows the order given by <b>section_yz</b>.</font></span></td> |
---|
2275 | </tr> |
---|
2276 | <tr> |
---|
2277 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="skip_time_data_output"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_data_output</span><br> |
---|
2278 | </td> |
---|
2279 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
2280 | </td> |
---|
2281 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">0.0</span><br> |
---|
2282 | </td> |
---|
2283 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">No data output before this interval has passed (in s).<br><br>This |
---|
2284 | parameter causes that data output activities are starting not before this interval |
---|
2285 | (counting from the beginning of the simulation, t=0) has passed. By default, this |
---|
2286 | applies for output of instantaneous 3d volume data, cross section data, |
---|
2287 | spectra and vertical profile data as well as for temporally averaged 2d |
---|
2288 | and 3d data. Individual intervals can be assigned using parameters <a href="#skip_time_do3d">skip_time_do3d</a>, <a href="#skip_time_do2d_xy">skip_time_do2d_xy</a>, <a href="#skip_time_do2d_xz">skip_time_do2d_xz</a>, <a href="#skip_time_do2d_yz">skip_time_do2d_yz</a>, <a href="#skip_time_dosp">skip_time_dosp</a>, <a href="#skip_time_dopr">skip_time_dopr</a>, and <a href="#skip_time_data_output_av">skip_time_data_output_av</a>.<br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</span><br>If the user has set <a href="#dt_data_output">dt_data_output</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">3600.0</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_data_output</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">1800.0</span>, then the first output will be done at t = 5400 s.<br> |
---|
2289 | </td> |
---|
2290 | </tr> |
---|
2291 | <tr><td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="skip_time_data_output_av"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_data_output_av</span></td><td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td><td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">value of <a href="#skip_time_data_output">skip_time_<br>data_output</a></span></td><td style="vertical-align: top;">No output of temporally averaged 2d/3d data before this interval has passed (in s).<br><br>This |
---|
2292 | parameter causes that data output activities are starting not before this interval |
---|
2293 | (counting from the beginning of the simulation, t=0) has passed. <br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</span><br>If the user has set <a href="#dt_data_output_av">dt_data_output_av</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">3600.0</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_data_output_av</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">1800.0</span>, then the first output will be done at t = 5400 s.</td></tr><tr> |
---|
2294 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="skip_time_dopr"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_dopr</span><br> |
---|
2295 | </td> |
---|
2296 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
2297 | </td> |
---|
2298 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#skip_time_data_output">skip_time_<br>data_output</a></span> |
---|
2299 | </td> |
---|
2300 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">No output of vertical profile data before this interval has passed (in s).<br><br>This |
---|
2301 | parameter causes that data output activities are starting not before this interval |
---|
2302 | (counting from the beginning of the simulation, t=0) has passed. <br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</span><br>If the user has set <a href="#dt_dopr">dt_dopr</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">3600.0</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_dopr</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">1800.0</span>, then the first output will be done at t = 5400 s. |
---|
2303 | </td> |
---|
2304 | </tr> |
---|
2305 | |
---|
2306 | <tr> |
---|
2307 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="skip_time_do2d_xy"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_xy</span><br> |
---|
2308 | </td> |
---|
2309 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
2310 | </td> |
---|
2311 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#skip_time_data_output">skip_time_<br>data_output</a></span> |
---|
2312 | </td> |
---|
2313 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">No output of instantaneous horizontal cross section data before this interval has passed (in s).<br><br>This |
---|
2314 | parameter causes that data output activities are starting not before this interval |
---|
2315 | (counting from the beginning of the simulation, t=0) has passed. <br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</span><br>If the user has set <a href="#dt_do2d_xy">dt_do2d_xy</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">3600.0</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_xy</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">1800.0</span>, then the first output will be done at t = 5400 s. |
---|
2316 | </td> |
---|
2317 | </tr> |
---|
2318 | <tr> |
---|
2319 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="skip_time_do2d_xz"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_xz</span><br> |
---|
2320 | </td> |
---|
2321 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
2322 | </td> |
---|
2323 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#skip_time_data_output">skip_time_<br>data_output</a></span> |
---|
2324 | </td> |
---|
2325 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">No output of instantaneous vertical (xz) cross section data before this interval has passed (in s).<br><br>This |
---|
2326 | parameter causes that data output activities are starting not before this interval |
---|
2327 | (counting from the beginning of the simulation, t=0) has passed. <br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</span><br>If the user has set <a href="#dt_do2d_xz">dt_do2d_xz</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">3600.0</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_xz</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">1800.0</span>, then the first output will be done at t = 5400 s. |
---|
2328 | </td> |
---|
2329 | </tr> |
---|
2330 | <tr> |
---|
2331 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="skip_time_do2d_yz"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_yz</span><br> |
---|
2332 | </td> |
---|
2333 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
2334 | </td> |
---|
2335 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#skip_time_data_output">skip_time_<br>data_output</a></span> |
---|
2336 | </td> |
---|
2337 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">No output of instantaneous vertical (yz) cross section data before this interval has passed (in s).<br><br>This |
---|
2338 | parameter causes that data output activities are starting not before this interval |
---|
2339 | (counting from the beginning of the simulation, t=0) has passed. <br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</span><br>If the user has set <a href="#dt_do2d_yz">dt_do2d_yz</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">3600.0</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do2d_yz</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">1800.0</span>, then the first output will be done at t = 5400 s. |
---|
2340 | </td> |
---|
2341 | </tr> |
---|
2342 | <tr> |
---|
2343 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="skip_time_do3d"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do3d</span><br> |
---|
2344 | </td> |
---|
2345 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
2346 | </td> |
---|
2347 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#skip_time_data_output">skip_time_<br>data_output</a></span> |
---|
2348 | </td> |
---|
2349 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">No output of instantaneous 3d volume data before this interval has passed (in s).<br><br>This |
---|
2350 | parameter causes that data output activities are starting not before this interval |
---|
2351 | (counting from the beginning of the simulation, t=0) has passed. <br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</span><br>If the user has set <a href="#dt_do3d">dt_do3d</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">3600.0</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_do3d</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">1800.0</span>, then the first output will be done at t = 5400 s. |
---|
2352 | </td> |
---|
2353 | </tr> |
---|
2354 | <tr> |
---|
2355 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2356 | <p><a name="termination_time_needed"></a><b>termination_time</b> <br> |
---|
2357 | <b>_needed</b></p> |
---|
2358 | </td> |
---|
2359 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
2360 | </td> |
---|
2361 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">35.0</span><br> |
---|
2362 | </td> |
---|
2363 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2364 | <p>CPU time needed for terminal actions at the end of a run in |
---|
2365 | batch mode (in s).<br> |
---|
2366 | </p> |
---|
2367 | <p>If the environment variable <b>write_binary </b>is |
---|
2368 | set <i>true</i> (see <a href="chapter_3.3.html">chapter |
---|
2369 | 3.3</a>), PALM checks the remaining CPU time of the job after each |
---|
2370 | timestep. Time integration must not consume the CPU time completely, |
---|
2371 | since several actions still have to be carried out after time |
---|
2372 | integration has finished (e.g. writing of binary data for the restart |
---|
2373 | run, carrying out output commands, copying of local files to their |
---|
2374 | permanent destinations, etc.) which also takes some time. The maximum |
---|
2375 | possible time needed for these activities plus a reserve is to be given |
---|
2376 | with the parameter <b>termination_time_needed</b>. Among other things, |
---|
2377 | it depends on |
---|
2378 | the number of grid points used. If its value is selected too small, |
---|
2379 | then the |
---|
2380 | respective job will be prematurely aborted by the queuing system, which |
---|
2381 | may result in a data loss and will possibly interrupt the job chain.<br> |
---|
2382 | </p> |
---|
2383 | <p>An abort happens in any way, if the environment variable <span style="font-weight: bold;">write_binary</span> is not set to <span style="font-style: italic;">true</span> and if moreover the job has |
---|
2384 | been assigned an insufficient CPU time by <b>mrun</b> option <tt><tt>-t</tt></tt>. |
---|
2385 | <i><br> |
---|
2386 | </i> </p> |
---|
2387 | <p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</span><br> |
---|
2388 | On the IBM computers of the HLRN the time used by the job <span style="font-weight: bold;">before</span> the start of PALM |
---|
2389 | have also to be accounted for (e.g. for |
---|
2390 | compilation and copying of input files).</p> |
---|
2391 | </td> |
---|
2392 | </tr> |
---|
2393 | <tr> |
---|
2394 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2395 | <p><a name="use_prior_plot1d_parameters"></a><b>use_prior_plot1d</b> |
---|
2396 | <br> |
---|
2397 | <b>_parameters</b></p> |
---|
2398 | </td> |
---|
2399 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L</td> |
---|
2400 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>.F.</i></td> |
---|
2401 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2402 | <p>Additional plot of vertical profile data with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span> from preceding runs of the |
---|
2403 | job chain. </p> |
---|
2404 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>.</p><p>By default, plots of horizontally averaged vertical profiles |
---|
2405 | (see <a href="#data_output_pr">data_output_pr</a>) |
---|
2406 | only contain profiles of data produced by the model |
---|
2407 | run. If profiles of prior times (i.e. data of preceding jobs of a |
---|
2408 | job chain) shall be plotted additionally (e.g. for comparison |
---|
2409 | purposes), <b>use_prior_plot1d_parameters</b> = <i>.T</i>. must be |
---|
2410 | set.<br> |
---|
2411 | </p> |
---|
2412 | <p>For further explanation see <a href="chapter_4.5.2.html">chapter |
---|
2413 | 4.5.2</a>.</p> |
---|
2414 | </td> |
---|
2415 | </tr> |
---|
2416 | |
---|
2417 | <tr> |
---|
2418 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2419 | <p><a name="z_max_do1d"></a><b>z_max_do1d</b></p> |
---|
2420 | </td> |
---|
2421 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
2422 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>zu(nzt+1) (model top)</i></td> |
---|
2423 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2424 | <p>Height level up to which horizontally averaged profiles are to |
---|
2425 | be |
---|
2426 | plotted with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span> (in |
---|
2427 | m). </p> |
---|
2428 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>.</p><p>It affects plots of horizontally averaged profiles |
---|
2429 | (<a href="#data_output_pr">data_output_pr</a>) |
---|
2430 | when plotted with the plot software <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. |
---|
2431 | By default, profiles are plotted up to the top boundary. The height |
---|
2432 | level up to which profiles are plotted can be decreased by assigning <span style="font-weight: bold;">z_max_do1d</span> a smaller value. |
---|
2433 | Nevertheless, <span style="font-weight: bold;">all</span> vertical |
---|
2434 | grid points (0 <= k <= nz+1) are still output to file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT1D_DATA">PLOT1D_DATA</a>.</p> |
---|
2435 | <p>If a normalization for the vertical axis was selected (see <a href="#cross_normalized_y">cross_normalized_y</a>), <b>z_max_do1d</b> |
---|
2436 | has no effect. Instead, <a href="#z_max_do1d_normalized">z_max_do1d_normalized</a> |
---|
2437 | must be used.</p> |
---|
2438 | </td> |
---|
2439 | </tr> |
---|
2440 | <tr> |
---|
2441 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2442 | <p><a name="z_max_do1d_normalized"></a><b>z_max_do1d</b> <br> |
---|
2443 | <b>_normalized</b></p> |
---|
2444 | </td> |
---|
2445 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
2446 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>determined by plot</i> <br> |
---|
2447 | <i>data</i> <br> |
---|
2448 | </td> |
---|
2449 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2450 | <p>Normalized height level up to which horizontally averaged |
---|
2451 | profiles are to be plotted with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. |
---|
2452 | </p> |
---|
2453 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'profil'</span>.</p><p>It affects plots of horizontally averaged profiles |
---|
2454 | (<a href="#data_output_pr">data_output_pr</a>) |
---|
2455 | when plotted with the plot software <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>, |
---|
2456 | if a normalization for the vertical axis is selected |
---|
2457 | (see <a href="#cross_normalized_y">cross_normalized_y</a>). |
---|
2458 | If e.g. the boundary layer height is used for normalization, then <b>z_max_do1d_normalized</b> |
---|
2459 | = <i>1.5</i> means that all profiles up to the height level of z = |
---|
2460 | 1.5* z<sub>i </sub>are plotted.</p> |
---|
2461 | </td> |
---|
2462 | </tr> |
---|
2463 | <tr> |
---|
2464 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2465 | <p><a name="z_max_do2d"></a><b>z_max_do2d</b></p> |
---|
2466 | </td> |
---|
2467 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
2468 | </td> |
---|
2469 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">zu(nz)</span><br> |
---|
2470 | </td> |
---|
2471 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2472 | <p>Height level up to which 2d cross sections are to be plotted |
---|
2473 | with <span style="font-weight: bold;">iso2d</span> |
---|
2474 | (in m). </p> |
---|
2475 | <p>This parameter only applies for <a href="#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'iso2d'</span>.</p><p>It affects plots of 2d vertical cross |
---|
2476 | sections (<a href="#data_output">data_output</a>) |
---|
2477 | when plotted with <span style="font-weight: bold;">iso2d</span>. By |
---|
2478 | default, vertical sections are plotted up to the top boundary. <span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>In contrast, with <b>z_max_do2d </b>the |
---|
2479 | visualization within |
---|
2480 | the plot can be limited to a certain height level (0 <= z <= <b>z_max_do2d</b>). |
---|
2481 | Nevertheless, <span style="font-weight: bold;">all</span> grid points |
---|
2482 | of the complete cross section are still output to the local files <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_XZ">PLOT2D_XZ</a> |
---|
2483 | or <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_YZ">PLOT2D_YZ</a>. |
---|
2484 | The level up to which the section is visualized can later be changed by |
---|
2485 | manually editing the |
---|
2486 | file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_XZ_GLOBAL">PLOT2D_XZ_GLOBAL</a> |
---|
2487 | or <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOT2D_YZ_GLOBAL">PLOT2D_YZ_GLOBAL</a> |
---|
2488 | (the respective <span style="font-weight: bold;">iso2d</span>-parameter |
---|
2489 | is <a href="http://www.muk.uni-hannover.de/institut/software/iso2d_beschreibung.html#YRIGHT">yright</a>).</p> |
---|
2490 | </td> |
---|
2491 | </tr> |
---|
2492 | </tbody> |
---|
2493 | </table> |
---|
2494 | <br> |
---|
2495 | <br> |
---|
2496 | <h3 style="line-height: 100%;"><a name="Paketparameter"></a>Package |
---|
2497 | parameters: </h3> |
---|
2498 | Package (<span style="font-weight: bold;">mrun</span> option -p): <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="particles_package"></a>particles</span> |
---|
2499 | NAMELIST group name: <span style="font-weight: bold;">particles_par<br> |
---|
2500 | </span> |
---|
2501 | <table style="text-align: left; width: 100%;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"> |
---|
2502 | <tbody> |
---|
2503 | <tr> |
---|
2504 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="4"><b>Parameter name</b></font></td> |
---|
2505 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="4"><b>Type</b></font></td> |
---|
2506 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2507 | <p><b><font size="4">Default</font></b> <br> |
---|
2508 | <b><font size="4">value</font></b></p> |
---|
2509 | </td> |
---|
2510 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2511 | <p><font size="4"><b>Explanation</b></font></p> |
---|
2512 | </td> |
---|
2513 | </tr> |
---|
2514 | <tr> |
---|
2515 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2516 | <p><a name="dt_prel"></a><b>dt_prel</b></p> |
---|
2517 | </td> |
---|
2518 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
2519 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>9999999.9</i></td> |
---|
2520 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2521 | <p><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB">Temporal |
---|
2522 | interval at |
---|
2523 | which particles are to be released <span lang="en-GB">from a particle |
---|
2524 | source </span>(</span></font>in <font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB">s).</span> </font> </p> |
---|
2525 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">By default |
---|
2526 | particles are released only at the beginning of a simulation |
---|
2527 | (t_init=0). The time of the first release (t_init) can be changed with |
---|
2528 | package parameter </font></span><span lang="en-GB"></span><font><a href="#particle_advection_start"><font face="Thorndale, serif">particle_advection_start</font></a>. |
---|
2529 | </font><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">The time of the last release can be set with the package parameter <a href="#end_time_prel">end_time_prel</a>. If <span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_prel</span> has been set, additional |
---|
2530 | releases will be at t = t_init+<span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_prel</span>, |
---|
2531 | t_init+2*<span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_prel</span>, t_init+3*<span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_prel</span>, etc.. Actual release times |
---|
2532 | may slightly deviate from thesel values (</font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">see e.g. </font></span><a href="#dt_dopr"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">dt_dopr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">).</font></span></p> |
---|
2533 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"> The domain |
---|
2534 | of the particle <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">source |
---|
2535 | </font></span>as well as the distance of released particles |
---|
2536 | within this source </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">are determined via package parameters </font></span><a href="#pst"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pst</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="#psl"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psl</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="#psr"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="#pss"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pss</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="#psn"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psn</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="#psb"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psb</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="#pdx"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pdx</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="#pdy"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pdy</font></span></a> |
---|
2537 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">and </font></span><a href="#pdz"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pdz</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">.</font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"> By default, one particle is released at all points defined by these parameters. The package parameter <a href="#particles_per_point">particles_per_point</a> can be used to start more than one particle per point.<br> |
---|
2538 | </font></span></p> |
---|
2539 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Up to 10 |
---|
2540 | different groups of particles can be released at the same time (see </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#number_of_particle_groups"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">number_of_particle_groups</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">) where each group may have a different source. All particles belonging |
---|
2541 | to one group have the same density ratio and the same radius. All other particle features (e.g. location of the source) are |
---|
2542 | identical for all groups of particles.</font></span></p>Subgrid |
---|
2543 | scale velocities can (optionally) be included for calculating the |
---|
2544 | particle advection, using the method of Weil et al. (2004, JAS, 61, |
---|
2545 | 2877-2887). This method is switched on by the package |
---|
2546 | parameter <a href="#use_sgs_for_particles">use_sgs_for_particles</a>. This also forces the Euler/upstream method to be used for time advancement of the TKE (see initialization parameter <a href="chapter_4.1.html#use_upstream_for_tke">use_upstream_for_tke</a>). The minimum timestep during the sub-timesteps is controlled by package parameter <a href="#dt_min_part">dt_min_part</a>. <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">By |
---|
2547 | default, particles are weightless and transported passively with the |
---|
2548 | resolved scale flow. Particles can be given a mass and thus an inertia |
---|
2549 | by assigning the |
---|
2550 | package parameter </font></span><a href="#density_ratio"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">density_ratio</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"> a non-zero value (it |
---|
2551 | defines the ratio of the density of the fluid and the density of the |
---|
2552 | particles). In these cases their </font></span><a href="#radius"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">radius</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"> |
---|
2553 | must also be defined, which affects their flow resistance. </font></span><a href="#diameter"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"> </font></span> </p> |
---|
2554 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Boundary |
---|
2555 | conditions for the particle transport can be defined with package |
---|
2556 | parameters </font></span><a href="#bc_par_t"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">bc_par_t</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="#bc_par_lr"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">bc_par_lr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="bc_par_ns"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">bc_par_ns</font></span></a> |
---|
2557 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">and </font></span><a href="#bc_par_b"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">bc_par_b</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">.</font></span></p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Timeseries of particle quantities in NetCDF format can be output to local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_1D_PTS_NETCDF">DATA_1D_PTS_NETCDF</a> by using package parameter <a href="#dt_dopts">dt_dopts</a>.<br></font></span><p>For analysis, additional output of |
---|
2558 | particle |
---|
2559 | information in equidistant temporal intervals can be carried out using <a href="#dt_write_particle_data">dt_write_particle_data</a> |
---|
2560 | (file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PARTICLE_DATA">PARTICLE_DATA</a>).<br> |
---|
2561 | </p> |
---|
2562 | <p><span style="font-family: thorndale,serif;">Statistical |
---|
2563 | informations</span> (e.g. the total number of particles used, the |
---|
2564 | number of particles exchanged between the PEs, etc.) are output to the |
---|
2565 | local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PARTICLE_DATA">PARTICLE_INFOS</a>, |
---|
2566 | if switched on by the parameter <a href="#write_particle_statistics">write_particle_statistics</a>. |
---|
2567 | <br> |
---|
2568 | </p> |
---|
2569 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">If a job |
---|
2570 | chain is to be carried out, particle |
---|
2571 | informations </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">for the restart run (e.g. current location of |
---|
2572 | all |
---|
2573 | particles at the end of the |
---|
2574 | run) is output to |
---|
2575 | the local file</font></span> <font><a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_dvrp"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a></font><a href="chapter_3.4.html#PARTICLE_RESTART_DATA_OUT">PARTICLE_RESTART_DATA_OUT</a><font><a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_dvrp"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a></font>, <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">which must be saved at the |
---|
2576 | end of the run <tt><span lang="en-GB"></span></tt>and given as an |
---|
2577 | input file to the restart run |
---|
2578 | under local file name</font></span> <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PARTICLE_RESTART_DATA_IN">PARTICLE_RESTART_DATA_IN</a> |
---|
2579 | u<span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">sing respective file |
---|
2580 | connection statements in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">mrun</span> |
---|
2581 | configuration file. |
---|
2582 | </font></span> |
---|
2583 | <span lang="en-GB"></span></p><p><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">The output of |
---|
2584 | particles for visualization with the graphic software <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> is steered by the package |
---|
2585 | parameter </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_dvrp"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">dt_dvrp</font></span></a><font face="Thorndale, serif"><span lang="en-GB">. For visualization |
---|
2586 | purposes particles can be given a |
---|
2587 | diameter by the parameter <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dvrp_psize">dvrp_psize</a> |
---|
2588 | (this diameter only affects the visualization). All particles have the |
---|
2589 | same size. Alternatively, particles can be given an individual size and |
---|
2590 | a </span>color |
---|
2591 | <span lang="en-GB">by modifying the user-interface (subroutine</span></font> |
---|
2592 | <span style="font-family: monospace;">user_init_particles</span>)<span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">. Particles can pull a |
---|
2593 | “tail” behind themselves to improve their visualization. |
---|
2594 | This is steered via the parameter <a href="chapter_4.2.html#use_particle_tails">use_particle_tails</a>.</font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#maximum_number_of_tailpoints"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a></p> |
---|
2595 | <span lang="en-GB"></span><p><b>So far, the particle transport realized in PALM does only |
---|
2596 | work |
---|
2597 | duly in case of a constant vertical grid spacing!</b></p> |
---|
2598 | </td> |
---|
2599 | </tr> |
---|
2600 | <tr> |
---|
2601 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2602 | <p><a name="bc_par_b"></a><b>bc_par_b</b></p> |
---|
2603 | </td> |
---|
2604 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*15</td> |
---|
2605 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>´reflect´</i></td> |
---|
2606 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2607 | <p>Bottom boundary condition for particle transport. </p> |
---|
2608 | <p>By default, particles are reflected at the bottom boundary. |
---|
2609 | Alternatively, a particle absorption can set by <b>bc_par_b</b> |
---|
2610 | = <i>´absorb´</i>.</p> |
---|
2611 | </td> |
---|
2612 | </tr> |
---|
2613 | <tr> |
---|
2614 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2615 | <p><a name="bc_par_lr"></a><b>bc_par_lr</b></p> |
---|
2616 | </td> |
---|
2617 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*15</td> |
---|
2618 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>´cyclic´</i></td> |
---|
2619 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2620 | <p>Lateral boundary condition (x-direction) for particle |
---|
2621 | transport. </p> |
---|
2622 | <p>By default, cyclic boundary conditions are used along x. |
---|
2623 | Alternatively, reflection (<b>bc_par_lr</b> |
---|
2624 | = <i>´reflect´</i>) or absorption (<b>bc_par_lr</b> = <i>´absorb´</i>) |
---|
2625 | can be set. <br> |
---|
2626 | </p> |
---|
2627 | <p>This lateral boundary conditions should correspond to the |
---|
2628 | lateral boundary condition used for the flow (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#bc_lr">bc_lr</a>).</p> |
---|
2629 | </td> |
---|
2630 | </tr> |
---|
2631 | <tr> |
---|
2632 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2633 | <p><a name="bc_par_ns"></a><b>bc_par_ns</b></p> |
---|
2634 | </td> |
---|
2635 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*15</td> |
---|
2636 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>´cyclic´</i></td> |
---|
2637 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2638 | <p>Lateral boundary condition (y-direction) for particle |
---|
2639 | transport. </p> |
---|
2640 | <p>By default, cyclic boundary conditions are used along y. |
---|
2641 | Alternatively, reflection (<b>bc_par_ns</b> |
---|
2642 | = <i>´reflect´</i>) or absorption (<b>bc_par_ns</b> = <i>´absorb´</i>) |
---|
2643 | can be set.<br> |
---|
2644 | </p> |
---|
2645 | This lateral boundary conditions should correspond to the lateral |
---|
2646 | boundary condition used for the flow (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#bc_ns">bc_ns</a>).</td> |
---|
2647 | </tr> |
---|
2648 | <tr> |
---|
2649 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2650 | <p><a name="bc_par_t"></a><b>bc_par_t</b></p> |
---|
2651 | </td> |
---|
2652 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*15</td> |
---|
2653 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>´absorb´</i></td> |
---|
2654 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2655 | <p>Top boundary condition for particle transport. </p> |
---|
2656 | <p>By default, particles are absorbed at the top boundary. |
---|
2657 | Alternatively, a reflection condition can be set by <b>bc_par_t</b> |
---|
2658 | = <i>´reflect´</i>.</p> |
---|
2659 | </td> |
---|
2660 | </tr> |
---|
2661 | <tr> |
---|
2662 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2663 | <p><a name="density_ratio"></a><b>density_ratio</b></p> |
---|
2664 | </td> |
---|
2665 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)</td> |
---|
2666 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2667 | <p><i>0.0, 9</i> *<br> |
---|
2668 | <i>9999999.9</i></p> |
---|
2669 | </td> |
---|
2670 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2671 | <p>Ratio of the density of the fluid and the density of the |
---|
2672 | particles. </p> |
---|
2673 | <p>With the default value<i> </i>the |
---|
2674 | particles are weightless and transported passively with the resolved |
---|
2675 | scale flow. |
---|
2676 | In case of <span style="font-weight: bold;">density_ratio</span> /= |
---|
2677 | 0.0 particles have a mass and hence inertia so that their velocity |
---|
2678 | deviates more or less from the velocity of the surrounding flow. |
---|
2679 | Particle velocity is calculated analytically and depends on (besides |
---|
2680 | the density ratio and the current velocity difference between particles |
---|
2681 | and surrounding fluid) the |
---|
2682 | particle radius which is determined via <a href="#radius">radius</a> |
---|
2683 | as well as on the molecular viscosity (assumed as 1.461E-5 m<sup>2</sup>/s). |
---|
2684 | </p> |
---|
2685 | <p>If <b>density_ratio</b> = <i>1.0</i>, the particle density |
---|
2686 | corresponds to the density of the surrounding fluid and the particles |
---|
2687 | do not feel any buoyancy. Otherwise, particles will be accelerated |
---|
2688 | upwards (<b>density_ratio</b> > <i>1.0</i>) |
---|
2689 | or downwards (<b>density_ratio</b> < <i>1.0</i>).<br> |
---|
2690 | </p> |
---|
2691 | <p> |
---|
2692 | With several groups of particles (see <a href="chapter_4.2.html#number_of_particle_groups">number_of_particle_groups</a>), each group can be assigned a different value. If the number of values given for <span style="font-weight: bold;">density_ratio</span> is less than the number of |
---|
2693 | groups defined by <span style="font-weight: bold;">number_of_particle_groups</span>, |
---|
2694 | then the last assigned value is used for all remaining groups. This |
---|
2695 | means that by default the particle density ratio for all groups will be <span style="font-style: italic;">0.0</span>.</p> |
---|
2696 | |
---|
2697 | |
---|
2698 | </td> |
---|
2699 | </tr> |
---|
2700 | |
---|
2701 | <tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a name="dt_dopts"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_dopts</span></td><td align="left" valign="top">R</td><td align="left" valign="top"><i>value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_data_output">dt_data_<br>output</a></i></td><td align="left" valign="top"><p lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale"><font face="Thorndale, serif">Temporal interval</font> at which time series data of particle quantities shall be output (</font>in <font face="Thorndale">s). </font></p> |
---|
2702 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If particle advection is switched on (see</font></span><font><span style="font-family: thorndale;"> <a href="#dt_prel">dt_prel</a>) this parameter can be used to assign |
---|
2703 | th</span></font><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">e temporal |
---|
2704 | interval at which time series of particle quantities shall be output. Output is written in NetCDF format on local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_1D_PTS_NETCDF">DATA_1D_PTS_NETCDF</a>.<br><br>The |
---|
2705 | following list gives a short description of the quantities |
---|
2706 | available. Most quantities are averages over all particles. The |
---|
2707 | quantity name given in the first column is identical to the respective |
---|
2708 | name of the variable on the NetCDF file (see section <a href="chapter_4.5.1.html">4.5.1</a> for a general description of the NetCDF files).<br><br>In case of using more than one particle group (see <a href="#number_of_particle_groups">number_of_particle_groups</a>), |
---|
2709 | seperate time series are output for each of the groups. The long names |
---|
2710 | of the variables in the NetCDF file containing the respective |
---|
2711 | timeseries all end with the string</font><span style="font-style: italic; font-family: monospace;">' PG ##'</span><font face="Thorndale">, where ## is the number of the particle group (<span style="font-style: italic;">01</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">02</span>, etc.). <br> </font></span><table style="text-align: left; width: 631px; height: 652px;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"><tbody><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">tnpt</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">total number of particles</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">x_</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">particle x-coordinate with respect to the particle origin (in m)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">y_</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">particle y-coordinate with respect to the particle origin (in m)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">z_</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">particle z-coordinate with respect to the particle origin (in m)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">z_abs</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">absolute particle z-coordinate (in m)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">u</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">u particle velocity component (in m/s)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">v</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">v particle velocity component (in m/s)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">w</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">w particle velocity component (in m/s)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">u"</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">subgrid-scale u particle velocity component (in m/s)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">v"</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">subgrid-scale v particle velocity component (in m/s)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">w"</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">subgrid-scale w particle velocity component (in m/s)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">npt_up</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">total number of upward moving particles</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">w_up</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">vertical velocity of the upward moving particles (in m/s)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">w_down</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">vertical velocity of the downward moving particles (in m/s)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">npt_max</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">maximum number of particles in a subdomain (=tnpt for non-parallel runs)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">npt_min</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">minimum number of particles in a subdomain (=tnpt for non-parallel runs)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">x*2</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">variance of the particle x-coordinate with respect to <span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">x_ </span>(in m<sup>2</sup>)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">y*2</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">variance of the particle y-coordinate with respect to <span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">y_</span> (in m<sup>2</sup>)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">z*2</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">variance of the particle z-coordinate with respect to <span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">z_</span> (in m<sup>2</sup>)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined"><span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">u*2</span></td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">variance of the u particle velocity component with respect to <span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">u </span>(in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">v*2</td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">variance of the v particle velocity component with respect to <span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">v </span>(in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">w*2</td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">variance of the w particle velocity component with respect to <span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">w </span>(in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">u"2</td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">variance of the subgrid-scale u particle velocity component with respect to <span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">u" </span>(in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">v"2</td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">variance of the subgrid-scale v particle velocity component with respect to <span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">v" </span>(in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">w"2</td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">variance of the subgrid-scale w particle velocity component with respect to <span style="color: rgb(255, 0, 0);">w" </span>(in m<sup>2</sup>/s<sup>2</sup>)</td></tr><tr><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">npt*2</td><td align="undefined" valign="undefined">variance of the number of particles with respect to the average number of particles per subdomain</td></tr></tbody></table><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"></span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a name="dt_min_part"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">dt_min_part</span></td><td align="left" valign="top">R</td><td align="left" valign="top"><span style="font-style: italic;">0.0002</span></td><td align="left" valign="top">Minimum value for the particle timestep when SGS velocities are used (in s).<br><br>For a further explanation see package parameter <a href="#use_sgs_for_particles">use_sgs_for_particles</a>.</td></tr><tr> |
---|
2712 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2713 | <p><a name="dt_write_particle_data"></a><b>dt_write_particle_</b> |
---|
2714 | <b>data</b></p> |
---|
2715 | </td> |
---|
2716 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
2717 | </td> |
---|
2718 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>9999999.9</i></td> |
---|
2719 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2720 | <p>Temporal interval for output of particle data (in s). </p> |
---|
2721 | <p>T<span lang="en-GB"></span><a href="#pr1d"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">his |
---|
2722 | parameter can be used to |
---|
2723 | assign the temporal interval at which particle data shall be output.</font></span> |
---|
2724 | Data are output to |
---|
2725 | the local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PARTICLE_DATA">PARTICLE_DATA</a>. |
---|
2726 | <span style="font-family: mon;">See the file description for more |
---|
2727 | details about its format</span>. </p> |
---|
2728 | <p>By default, no particle data are output.</p> |
---|
2729 | </td> |
---|
2730 | </tr> |
---|
2731 | <tr> |
---|
2732 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2733 | <p><a name="dvrp_psize"></a><b>dvrp_psize</b></p> |
---|
2734 | </td> |
---|
2735 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
2736 | </td> |
---|
2737 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">0.2 * dx<br> |
---|
2738 | </td> |
---|
2739 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2740 | <p>Diameter that the particles is given in visualizations with |
---|
2741 | the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> software (in |
---|
2742 | m). </p> |
---|
2743 | <p>In case that particles are visualized with the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> software (see <a href="chapter_4.5.7.html">chapter |
---|
2744 | 4.5.7</a>), their size can be set by parameter <b>dvrp_psize</b>. All |
---|
2745 | particles are displayed with this same size.<br> |
---|
2746 | </p> |
---|
2747 | <p>Alternatively, the particle diameters can be set with the |
---|
2748 | user-interface in routine <span style="font-family: monospace;">user_init_particles</span> |
---|
2749 | (at the beginning of the simulation) and/or can be redefined after each |
---|
2750 | timestep in routine <tt>user<font style="font-size: 11pt;" size="2">_particle_attributes</font></tt> |
---|
2751 | (both routines can be found in file <tt><font style="font-size: 11pt;" size="2">user_interface.f90</font></tt><font style="font-size: 11pt;" size="2">)</font>. </p> |
---|
2752 | <p><b>Note:</b> This parameter determines exclusively the size |
---|
2753 | under which particles appear in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> |
---|
2754 | visualization. The flow relevant particle radius is determined via the particle package parameter <a href="#radius">radius</a>!</p> |
---|
2755 | </td> |
---|
2756 | </tr> |
---|
2757 | <tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a name="end_time_prel"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">end_time_prel</span></td><td align="left" valign="top">R</td><td align="left" valign="top"><span style="font-style: italic;">9999999.9</span></td><td align="left" valign="top">Time of the last release of particles (in s).<br><br>See also <a href="#particle_advection_start">particle_advection_start</a>.</td></tr><tr> |
---|
2758 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="initial_weighting_factor"></a>initial_weighting_factor</span></td> |
---|
2759 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
2760 | </td> |
---|
2761 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">1.0</span><br> |
---|
2762 | </td> |
---|
2763 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Factor to define the real number of initial droplets in a grid box.<br> |
---|
2764 | |
---|
2765 | |
---|
2766 | |
---|
2767 | |
---|
2768 | |
---|
2769 | |
---|
2770 | |
---|
2771 | |
---|
2772 | |
---|
2773 | |
---|
2774 | |
---|
2775 | <br> |
---|
2776 | |
---|
2777 | |
---|
2778 | |
---|
2779 | |
---|
2780 | |
---|
2781 | |
---|
2782 | |
---|
2783 | |
---|
2784 | |
---|
2785 | |
---|
2786 | |
---|
2787 | In case of explicitly simulating cloud droplets (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#cloud_droplets">cloud_droplets</a>), |
---|
2788 | the real number of initial droplets in a grid box is equal to the |
---|
2789 | initial number of droplets in this box (defined by the particle source |
---|
2790 | parameters <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif"> </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#pst"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pst</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#psl"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psl</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#psr"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#pss"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pss</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#psn"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psn</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#psb"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psb</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#pdx"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pdx</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#pdy"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pdy</font></span></a> |
---|
2791 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">and </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#pdz"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pdz</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"></span>) times the <span style="font-weight: bold;">initial_weighting_factor</span>.</td> |
---|
2792 | </tr> |
---|
2793 | <tr> |
---|
2794 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2795 | <p><a name="maximum_number_of_particles"></a><b>maximum_number_of_</b> |
---|
2796 | <br> |
---|
2797 | <b>particles</b></p> |
---|
2798 | </td> |
---|
2799 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I</td> |
---|
2800 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>1000</i></td> |
---|
2801 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2802 | <p>Maximum number of particles (on a PE). </p> |
---|
2803 | <p>This parameter allows to set the number of particles for which |
---|
2804 | memory must be allocated at the beginning of the run. |
---|
2805 | If this memory becomes insufficient during the run, due to the |
---|
2806 | release of further particles (see <a href="#dt_prel">dt_prel</a>), |
---|
2807 | then more memory is automatically allocated.<br> |
---|
2808 | </p> |
---|
2809 | For runs on several processors, <span style="font-weight: bold;">maximum_number_of_particles</span> |
---|
2810 | defines |
---|
2811 | the maximum number on each PE. This number must be larger than the |
---|
2812 | maximum number of particles initially released in a subdomain.</td> |
---|
2813 | </tr> |
---|
2814 | <tr> |
---|
2815 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2816 | <p><a name="maximum_number_of_tailpoints"></a><b>maximum_number_of_</b> |
---|
2817 | <br> |
---|
2818 | <b>tailpoints</b></p> |
---|
2819 | </td> |
---|
2820 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I</td> |
---|
2821 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>100</i></td> |
---|
2822 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2823 | <p>Maximum number of tailpoints that a particle tail can |
---|
2824 | have. </p> |
---|
2825 | <p> <b>maximum_number_of_tailpoints</b> |
---|
2826 | sets the number of descrete points the tail consists of. A new point is |
---|
2827 | added to the particle tails after each time step. If the maximum number |
---|
2828 | of tail |
---|
2829 | points is reached after the corresponding number of timesteps, the |
---|
2830 | oldest respective tail points is deleted within the following |
---|
2831 | timestep. </p> |
---|
2832 | <p>All particle tails have the same number of points. The maximum |
---|
2833 | length of |
---|
2834 | these |
---|
2835 | tails is determined by the value of <b>maximum_number_of_tailpoints</b> |
---|
2836 | and by the minimum distance between each of the adjoining |
---|
2837 | tailpoints, which can be set by <a href="#minimum_tailpoint_distance">minimum_tailpoint_distance</a>. |
---|
2838 | Additionally, it can be determined that the temporal displacement |
---|
2839 | between the current position of the particle and the oldest point of |
---|
2840 | the tail may become not larger than a value to be assigned by <a href="#maximum_tailpoint_age">maximum_tailpoint_age</a>.</p> |
---|
2841 | </td> |
---|
2842 | </tr> |
---|
2843 | <tr> |
---|
2844 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2845 | <p><a name="maximum_tailpoint_age"></a><b>maximum_tailpoint_</b> <br> |
---|
2846 | <b>age</b></p> |
---|
2847 | </td> |
---|
2848 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
2849 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">100000.0</td> |
---|
2850 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2851 | <p>Maximum age that the end point of a particle tail is allowed to have (in s). </p> |
---|
2852 | <p>If the temporal displacement between the oldest point of a |
---|
2853 | particle tail and the current position of the particle becomes larger |
---|
2854 | than the value given by <b>maximum_tailpoint_age</b>, this oldest |
---|
2855 | point (which defines the end of the tail) is |
---|
2856 | removed. If this time is so small that the number of points defining |
---|
2857 | the particle tail do not exceed the value given by <b>maximum_number_of_tailpoints</b>, |
---|
2858 | then the length the particle tails is a measure for the distance the |
---|
2859 | particle travelled along during the time interval defined via <b>maximum_tailpoint_age</b>, |
---|
2860 | i.e. for the |
---|
2861 | particle velocity. Fast particles will have long tails, slow particles |
---|
2862 | shorter ones (note: this will not neccessarily hold if <a href="#minimum_tailpoint_distance">minimum_tailpoint_distance</a> |
---|
2863 | = <i>0.0</i>).</p> |
---|
2864 | </td> |
---|
2865 | </tr> |
---|
2866 | <tr> |
---|
2867 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2868 | <p><a name="minimum_tailpoint_distance"></a><b>minimum_tailpoint_distance</b></p> |
---|
2869 | </td> |
---|
2870 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
2871 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>0.0</i></td> |
---|
2872 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2873 | <p>Minimum distance allowed between two adjacent points of a |
---|
2874 | particle tail (in m). </p> |
---|
2875 | <p>In case of <b>minimum_tailpoint_distance</b> > <i>0.0 </i>the |
---|
2876 | particle tail is extended by a new point only if the distance between |
---|
2877 | its current position and the most recent tail point exceed the |
---|
2878 | distance given via <b>minimum_tailpoint_distance</b>.<br> |
---|
2879 | </p> |
---|
2880 | <p>If the length of the particle tails shall be proportional to |
---|
2881 | the respective particle velocity, the parameter <a href="#maximum_tailpoint_age">maximum_tailpoint_age</a> |
---|
2882 | must also be set appropriately. </p> |
---|
2883 | <b>Note:</b><br> |
---|
2884 | A suitable choice of <b>minimum_tailpoint_distance</b> |
---|
2885 | > <i>0.0</i> is recommended, because then the tail coordinates of |
---|
2886 | slowly moving particles require less memory and can also be drawn |
---|
2887 | faster. The upper limit of <b>minimum_tailpoint_distance</b> |
---|
2888 | should be chosen in a way that the visualized particle |
---|
2889 | tails still appear as smooth lines. Example: with a model domain of |
---|
2890 | 1000 m and a monitor resolution of 1280 * 1024 pixels it |
---|
2891 | should be sufficient to set <b>minimum_tailpoint_distance</b> = <i>5.0</i> |
---|
2892 | (m). </td> |
---|
2893 | </tr> |
---|
2894 | <tr> |
---|
2895 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="number_of_particle_groups"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">number_of_particle_groups</span><br> |
---|
2896 | </td> |
---|
2897 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I<br> |
---|
2898 | </td> |
---|
2899 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">1<br> |
---|
2900 | </td> |
---|
2901 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Number of particle groups to be used.<br> |
---|
2902 | <br> |
---|
2903 | Each particle group can be assigned its own source region (see <a href="#pdx">pdx</a>, <a href="#psl">psl</a>, <a href="#psr">psr</a>, etc.), particle diameter (<a href="#radius">radius</a>) and particle density ratio (<a href="density_ratio">density_ratio</a>).<br><br>If less values are given for <a href="#pdx">pdx</a>, <a href="#psl">psl</a>, |
---|
2904 | etc. than the number of particle groups, then the last value is used |
---|
2905 | for the remaining values (or the default value, if the user did not set |
---|
2906 | the parameter).<br> |
---|
2907 | <br> |
---|
2908 | The maximum allowed number of particle groups is limited to <span style="font-style: italic;">10</span>.<br> |
---|
2909 | </td> |
---|
2910 | </tr> |
---|
2911 | <tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a name="particles_per_point"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">particles_per_point</span></td><td align="left" valign="top">I</td><td align="left" valign="top">1</td><td align="left" valign="top">Number of particles to be started per point.<br><br>By default, one particle is started at all points of the particle source, defined by <span style="font-family: Thorndale,serif;">the </span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">package parameters </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#pst"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pst</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#psl"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psl</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#psr"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#pss"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pss</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#psn"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psn</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#psb"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">psb</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#pdx"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pdx</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">, </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#pdy"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pdy</font></span></a> |
---|
2912 | <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">and </font></span><a href="chapter_4.2.html#pdz"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">pdz</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale, serif">.</font></span><span lang="en-GB"></span></td></tr><tr> |
---|
2913 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2914 | <p><a name="particle_advection_start"></a><b>particle_advection_</b> |
---|
2915 | <br> |
---|
2916 | <b>start</b></p> |
---|
2917 | </td> |
---|
2918 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R </td> |
---|
2919 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">0.0 </td> |
---|
2920 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2921 | <p>Time of the first release of particles (in s). </p> |
---|
2922 | <p>If particles are not to be released at the beginning of the |
---|
2923 | run, the release time can be set via <b>particle_advection_start</b>.<br> |
---|
2924 | If particle transport is switched on in a restart run, then <a href="#read_particles_from_restartfile">read_particles_from_restartfile</a> |
---|
2925 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">.F.</span> is also required.</p><p>See also <a href="#end_time_prel">end_time_prel</a>. </p> |
---|
2926 | </td> |
---|
2927 | </tr> |
---|
2928 | <tr> |
---|
2929 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2930 | <p><a name="particle_maximum_age"></a><b>particle_maximum_age</b></p> |
---|
2931 | </td> |
---|
2932 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R </td> |
---|
2933 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>9999999.9</i> </td> |
---|
2934 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2935 | <p>Maximum allowed age of particles (in s). </p> |
---|
2936 | <p>If the age of a particle exceeds the time set by <b>particle_maximum_age</b>, |
---|
2937 | the particle as well as its tail is deleted.</p> |
---|
2938 | </td> |
---|
2939 | </tr> |
---|
2940 | <tr> |
---|
2941 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2942 | <p><a name="pdx"></a><b>pdx</b></p> |
---|
2943 | </td> |
---|
2944 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)<br> |
---|
2945 | </td> |
---|
2946 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * dx</i> </td> |
---|
2947 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2948 | <p>Distance along x between particles within a particle source |
---|
2949 | (in m). </p> |
---|
2950 | <p>If the particle source shall be confined to one grid point, |
---|
2951 | the distances given by <span style="font-weight: bold;">pdx</span>, <a href="#pdy">pdy</a> |
---|
2952 | and <a href="#pdz">pdz</a> |
---|
2953 | must be set larger than the respective domain size or <a href="#psl">psl</a> = <a href="#psr">psr</a> has to be set alternatively.<br> |
---|
2954 | </p> |
---|
2955 | <p><span style="font-weight: bold;">pdx</span> can be assigned a different value for each particle group (see <a href="#number_of_particle_groups">number_of_particle_groups</a>).<br> |
---|
2956 | </p> |
---|
2957 | |
---|
2958 | </td> |
---|
2959 | </tr> |
---|
2960 | <tr> |
---|
2961 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2962 | <p><a name="pdy"></a><b>pdy</b></p> |
---|
2963 | </td> |
---|
2964 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)<br> |
---|
2965 | </td> |
---|
2966 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * dy</i> </td> |
---|
2967 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Distance along y between |
---|
2968 | particles within a |
---|
2969 | particle source (in m). </td> |
---|
2970 | </tr> |
---|
2971 | <tr> |
---|
2972 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2973 | <p><a name="pdz"></a><b>pdz</b></p> |
---|
2974 | </td> |
---|
2975 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)<br> |
---|
2976 | </td> |
---|
2977 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * ( zu(2) - zu(1) )</i> </td> |
---|
2978 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Distance along z between |
---|
2979 | particles within a particle source |
---|
2980 | (in m). </td> |
---|
2981 | </tr> |
---|
2982 | <tr> |
---|
2983 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2984 | <p><a name="psb"></a><b>psb</b></p> |
---|
2985 | </td> |
---|
2986 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)<br> |
---|
2987 | </td> |
---|
2988 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * zu(nz/2)</i> </td> |
---|
2989 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Bottom edge of a particle |
---|
2990 | source (in m). </td> |
---|
2991 | </tr> |
---|
2992 | <tr> |
---|
2993 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
2994 | <p><a name="psl"></a><b>psl</b></p> |
---|
2995 | </td> |
---|
2996 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)<br> |
---|
2997 | </td> |
---|
2998 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * 0.0</i> </td> |
---|
2999 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Left edge of a particle source |
---|
3000 | (in m). </td> |
---|
3001 | </tr> |
---|
3002 | <tr> |
---|
3003 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3004 | <p><a name="psn"></a><b>psn</b></p> |
---|
3005 | </td> |
---|
3006 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)<br> |
---|
3007 | </td> |
---|
3008 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * (ny * dy)</i> </td> |
---|
3009 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Rear (“north”) edge of a |
---|
3010 | particle source (in m). </td> |
---|
3011 | </tr> |
---|
3012 | <tr> |
---|
3013 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3014 | <p><a name="psr"></a><b>psr</b></p> |
---|
3015 | </td> |
---|
3016 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)<br> |
---|
3017 | </td> |
---|
3018 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * (nx * dx)</i> </td> |
---|
3019 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Right edge of a particle |
---|
3020 | source (in m). </td> |
---|
3021 | </tr> |
---|
3022 | <tr> |
---|
3023 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3024 | <p><a name="pss"></a><b>pss</b></p> |
---|
3025 | </td> |
---|
3026 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)<br> |
---|
3027 | </td> |
---|
3028 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * 0.0</i> </td> |
---|
3029 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Front (“south”) edge of a |
---|
3030 | particle source (in m). </td> |
---|
3031 | </tr> |
---|
3032 | <tr> |
---|
3033 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3034 | <p><a name="pst"></a><b>pst</b></p> |
---|
3035 | </td> |
---|
3036 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)<br> |
---|
3037 | </td> |
---|
3038 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * zu(nz/2)</i> </td> |
---|
3039 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Top edge of a particle source |
---|
3040 | (in m). </td> |
---|
3041 | </tr> |
---|
3042 | <tr> |
---|
3043 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3044 | <p><a name="radius"></a><b>radius</b></p> |
---|
3045 | </td> |
---|
3046 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R (10)</td> |
---|
3047 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>0.0, 9</i>*<br> |
---|
3048 | |
---|
3049 | <i>9999999.9</i></td> |
---|
3050 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Particle radius (in m).<br> |
---|
3051 | |
---|
3052 | <br> |
---|
3053 | |
---|
3054 | The viscous friction (in case of a velocity difference between |
---|
3055 | particles and surrounding fluid) depends on the particle radius which |
---|
3056 | must be assigned as soon as <a href="chapter_4.2.html#density_ratio">density_ratio</a> |
---|
3057 | /= <i>0.0</i>.<br> |
---|
3058 | |
---|
3059 | <br> |
---|
3060 | |
---|
3061 | With several groups of particles (see <a href="#number_of_particle_groups">number_of_particle_groups</a>), each group can be assigned a different value. If the number of values given for <span style="font-weight: bold;">radius</span> is less than the number of |
---|
3062 | groups defined by <span style="font-weight: bold;">number_of_particle_groups</span>, |
---|
3063 | then the last assigned value is used for all remaining groups. This |
---|
3064 | means that by default the particle radius for all groups will be <span style="font-style: italic;">0.0</span>.<br> |
---|
3065 | </td> |
---|
3066 | </tr> |
---|
3067 | <tr> |
---|
3068 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3069 | <p><a name="random_start_position"></a><b>random_start_position</b></p> |
---|
3070 | </td> |
---|
3071 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
3072 | </td> |
---|
3073 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>.F.</i> </td> |
---|
3074 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3075 | <p><span style="background: transparent none repeat scroll 0% 50%; -moz-background-clip: initial; -moz-background-origin: initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: initial;"><font color="#000000">Initial position of the</font></span> particles is |
---|
3076 | varied randomly within certain limits. </p> |
---|
3077 | <p>By default, the initial positions of particles within the |
---|
3078 | source excatly correspond with the positions given by <a href="#psl">psl</a>, |
---|
3079 | <a href="#psr">psr</a>, <a href="#psn">psn</a>, <a href="#pss">pss</a>, |
---|
3080 | <a href="#psb">psb</a>, <a href="#pst">pst</a>, <a href="#pdx">pdx</a>, |
---|
3081 | <a href="#pdy">pdy</a>, |
---|
3082 | and<a href="#pdz"> |
---|
3083 | pdz</a>. With <b>random_start_position</b> = <i>.T. </i>the initial |
---|
3084 | positions of the particles are allowed to randomly vary from these |
---|
3085 | positions within certain limits. </p> |
---|
3086 | <p><b>Very important:<br> |
---|
3087 | </b>In case of <b>random_start_position</b> = <i>.T.</i>, the |
---|
3088 | random-number generators on the individual PEs no longer |
---|
3089 | run synchronously. If random disturbances are applied to the velocity |
---|
3090 | field |
---|
3091 | (see <a href="#create_disturbances">create_disturbances</a>), <font color="#000000">then as consequence for parallel runs the |
---|
3092 | realizations of the turbulent flow |
---|
3093 | fields will deviate between runs which used different numbers of PEs!</font></p> |
---|
3094 | </td> |
---|
3095 | </tr> |
---|
3096 | <tr> |
---|
3097 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3098 | <p><a name="read_particles_from_restartfile"></a><b>read_particles_from_</b> |
---|
3099 | <br> |
---|
3100 | <b>restartfile</b></p> |
---|
3101 | </td> |
---|
3102 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
3103 | </td> |
---|
3104 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>.T.</i> </td> |
---|
3105 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3106 | <p>Read particle data from the previous run. </p> |
---|
3107 | <p>By default, with restart runs particle data is read |
---|
3108 | from file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PARTICLE_RESTART_DATA_IN">PARTICLE_RESTART_DATA_IN</a>, |
---|
3109 | which is created by the preceding run. If this is not requested or if |
---|
3110 | in a restart run particle transport is switched on for the |
---|
3111 | first time (see <a href="#particle_advection_start">particle_advection_start</a>), |
---|
3112 | then <b>read_particles_from_restartfile</b> = <i>.F.</i> |
---|
3113 | is required.</p> |
---|
3114 | </td> |
---|
3115 | </tr> |
---|
3116 | <tr> |
---|
3117 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="skip_particles_for_tail"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_particles_for_tail</span><br> |
---|
3118 | </td> |
---|
3119 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I<br> |
---|
3120 | </td> |
---|
3121 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">1</span><br> |
---|
3122 | </td> |
---|
3123 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Limit the number of particle tails.<br> |
---|
3124 | <br> |
---|
3125 | If particle tails are switched on (see <a href="#use_particle_tails">use_particle_tails</a>), every particle is given a tail by default. <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_particles_for_tail </span>can be used to give only every n'th particle a tail.<br> |
---|
3126 | <br> |
---|
3127 | <span style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</span><br> |
---|
3128 | <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_particles_for_tail</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">10</span> means that only every 10th particle will be given a tail.<br> |
---|
3129 | </td> |
---|
3130 | </tr> |
---|
3131 | <tr> |
---|
3132 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="use_particle_tails"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">use_particle_tails</span><br> |
---|
3133 | </td> |
---|
3134 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
3135 | </td> |
---|
3136 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">.F.</span><br> |
---|
3137 | </td> |
---|
3138 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Give particles a tail.<br> |
---|
3139 | <br> |
---|
3140 | A particle tail is defined by the path a particle has moved |
---|
3141 | along starting from some point of time in the past. It consists of a |
---|
3142 | set of descrete points in space which may e.g. be connected by a line |
---|
3143 | in order visualize how the particle has moved.<br> |
---|
3144 | <br> |
---|
3145 | |
---|
3146 | By default, particles have no tail. Parameter <a href="#skip_particles_for_tail">skip_particles_for_tail</a> can be used to give only every n'th particle a tail.<br> |
---|
3147 | <br> |
---|
3148 | The length of the tail is controlled by parameters <a href="#maximum_number_of_tailpoints">maximum_number_of_tailpoints</a>, <a href="#maximum_tailpoint_age">maximum_tailpoint_age</a>, and <a href="#minimum_tailpoint_distance">minimum_tailpoint_distance</a>.<br> |
---|
3149 | </td> |
---|
3150 | </tr> |
---|
3151 | <tr><td align="left" valign="top"><a name="use_sgs_for_particles"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">use_sgs_for_particles</span></td><td align="left" valign="top">L</td><td align="left" valign="top"><span style="font-style: italic;">.F.</span></td><td align="left" valign="top">Use subgrid-scale velocities for particle advection.<br><br>These |
---|
3152 | velocities are calculated from the resolved and subgrid-scale TKE using |
---|
3153 | the Monte-Carlo random-walk method described by Weil et al. (2004, JAS, |
---|
3154 | 61, |
---|
3155 | 2877-2887). When using this method, the timestep for the advancement of |
---|
3156 | the particles is limited by the so-called Lagrangian time scale. This |
---|
3157 | may be smaller than the current LES timestep so that several particle |
---|
3158 | (sub-) timesteps have to be carried out within one LES timestep. In |
---|
3159 | order to limit the number of sub-timesteps (and to limit the CPU-time), |
---|
3160 | the minimum value for the particle timestep is defined by the package |
---|
3161 | parameter <a href="#dt_min_part">dt_min_part</a>.<br><br>Setting <span style="font-weight: bold;">use_sgs_for_particles</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span> automatically forces <a href="chapter_4.1.html#use_upstream_for_tke">use_upstream_for_tke</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">.TRUE.</span>. |
---|
3162 | This inhibits the occurrence of large (artificial) spatial gradients of |
---|
3163 | the subgrid-scale TKE which otherwise would lead to wrong results for |
---|
3164 | the particle advection.</td></tr><tr> |
---|
3165 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3166 | <p><a name="vertical_particle_advection"></a><b>vertical_particle_</b> |
---|
3167 | <br> |
---|
3168 | <b>advection</b></p> |
---|
3169 | </td> |
---|
3170 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
3171 | </td> |
---|
3172 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>.T.</i> </td> |
---|
3173 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3174 | <p>Switch on/off vertical particle transport. </p> |
---|
3175 | <p>By default, particles are transported along all three |
---|
3176 | directions in space. With <b>vertical_particle_advection</b> = <i>.F., |
---|
3177 | </i>the |
---|
3178 | particles will only be transported horizontally.</p> |
---|
3179 | </td> |
---|
3180 | </tr> |
---|
3181 | <tr> |
---|
3182 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3183 | <p><a name="write_particle_statistics"></a><b>write_particle_</b> |
---|
3184 | <br> |
---|
3185 | <b>statistics</b></p> |
---|
3186 | </td> |
---|
3187 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">L<br> |
---|
3188 | </td> |
---|
3189 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>.F.</i> </td> |
---|
3190 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3191 | <p>Switch on/off output of particle informations.<br> |
---|
3192 | </p> |
---|
3193 | <p><br> |
---|
3194 | For <span style="font-weight: bold;">write_particle_statistics</span> |
---|
3195 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">.T.</span> s<span style="font-family: thorndale,serif;">tatistical |
---|
3196 | informations</span> (e.g. the total number of particles used, the |
---|
3197 | number of particles exchanged between the PEs, etc.) which may be used |
---|
3198 | for debugging are output to the |
---|
3199 | local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PARTICLE_DATA">PARTICLE_INFOS</a>. |
---|
3200 | </p> |
---|
3201 | <p><b>Note:</b> For parallel runs files may become very large |
---|
3202 | and performance of PALM may decrease.</p> |
---|
3203 | </td> |
---|
3204 | </tr> |
---|
3205 | </tbody> |
---|
3206 | </table> |
---|
3207 | <span style="font-weight: bold;"><br> |
---|
3208 | <br> |
---|
3209 | </span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Package (<span style="font-weight: bold;">mrun</span> option -p): <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="dvrp_graphics"></a>dvrp_graphics</span> |
---|
3210 | |
---|
3211 | NAMELIST group name: <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp_graphics_par<br> |
---|
3212 | <br> |
---|
3213 | </span></span> |
---|
3214 | <table style="text-align: left; width: 100%;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"> |
---|
3215 | <tbody> |
---|
3216 | <tr> |
---|
3217 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="4"><b>Parameter name</b></font></td> |
---|
3218 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="4"><b>Type</b></font></td> |
---|
3219 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3220 | <p><b><font size="4">Default</font></b> <br> |
---|
3221 | <b><font size="4">value</font></b></p> |
---|
3222 | </td> |
---|
3223 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="4"><b>Explanation</b></font></td> |
---|
3224 | </tr> |
---|
3225 | <tr> |
---|
3226 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3227 | <p><a name="dt_dvrp"></a><b>dt_dvrp</b></p> |
---|
3228 | </td> |
---|
3229 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
3230 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>9999999.9</i></td> |
---|
3231 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3232 | <p>Temporal interval of scenes to be displayed with the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> software (in s). </p> |
---|
3233 | <p>Isosurfaces, cross sections and particles can be displayed |
---|
3234 | simultaneous. The display of particles requires that the particle |
---|
3235 | transport is switched on (see <a href="#dt_prel">dt_prel</a>). |
---|
3236 | Objects to be displayed have to be determined with <a href="#mode_dvrp">mode_dvrp</a>. |
---|
3237 | </p> |
---|
3238 | <p>If output of scenes created by dvrp software is switched on |
---|
3239 | (see <a href="#mode_dvrp">mode_dvrp</a>), |
---|
3240 | this parameter can be used to assign the temporal interval at which |
---|
3241 | scenes are to be created (and the respective graphical data is to |
---|
3242 | be output to the streaming server). <span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Reference time is the beginning of |
---|
3243 | the simulation, i.e. output takes place at times t = <b>dt_dvrp</b>, |
---|
3244 | 2*<b>dt_dvrp</b>, 3*<b>dt_dvrp</b>, etc. The actual output times can |
---|
3245 | deviate from these theoretical values (see </font></span><a href="#dt_dopr_zeitpunkte"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt_dopr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">). Is <b>dt_dvrp</b> < </font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">, then scenes are created and |
---|
3246 | output after each time step (if this is requested it should be <b>dt_dvrp</b> |
---|
3247 | = <i>0</i>).</font></span> </p> |
---|
3248 | </td> |
---|
3249 | </tr> |
---|
3250 | <tr> |
---|
3251 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3252 | <p><a name="dvrp_directory"></a><b>dvrp_directory</b></p> |
---|
3253 | </td> |
---|
3254 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*80</td> |
---|
3255 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>'default'</i></td> |
---|
3256 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3257 | <p>Name of the directory into which data created by the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> |
---|
3258 | software shall be saved. </p> |
---|
3259 | <p>By default, the directory name is generated from the user |
---|
3260 | name |
---|
3261 | (see package parameter <a href="#dvrp_username">dvrp_username</a>) |
---|
3262 | and the base file name (given as the argument of <span style="font-weight: bold;">mrun</span> option -d) as <span style="font-style: italic;">'<user name>/<base file name>'</span>.</p> |
---|
3263 | </td> |
---|
3264 | </tr> |
---|
3265 | <tr> |
---|
3266 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3267 | <p><a name="dvrp_file"></a><b>dvrp_file</b></p> |
---|
3268 | </td> |
---|
3269 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*80</td> |
---|
3270 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>'default'</i></td> |
---|
3271 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3272 | <p>Name of the file into which data created by the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> software shall be output. |
---|
3273 | </p> |
---|
3274 | <p>This parameter can be given a value only in case of <a href="#dvrp_output">dvrp_output</a> |
---|
3275 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">'local'</span><i> </i>which |
---|
3276 | determines that the data created by <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> |
---|
3277 | is output to a local file (on the machine where PALM is executed). |
---|
3278 | Apart from the default, it is only allowed to assign <span style="font-style: italic;">'/dev/null'</span> (which |
---|
3279 | means that no output is really stored). This can be used for special |
---|
3280 | runtime measurements of the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> |
---|
3281 | software.</p> |
---|
3282 | </td> |
---|
3283 | </tr> |
---|
3284 | <tr> |
---|
3285 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3286 | <p><a name="dvrp_host"></a><b>dvrp_host</b></p> |
---|
3287 | </td> |
---|
3288 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*80</td> |
---|
3289 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3290 | <p><i>'origin.rvs.</i> <br> |
---|
3291 | u<i>ni- hanover.de'</i></p> |
---|
3292 | </td> |
---|
3293 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3294 | <p>Name of the computer to which data created by the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> software shall be |
---|
3295 | transferred. </p> |
---|
3296 | <p>In case of <a href="#dvrp_output">dvrp_output</a> |
---|
3297 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">'rtsp'</span> only the default |
---|
3298 | value is allowed (streaming server of |
---|
3299 | the RRZN). For <a href="#dvrp_output">dvrp_output</a> |
---|
3300 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">'local'</span><i> </i>the |
---|
3301 | assigned value is ignored.</p> |
---|
3302 | </td> |
---|
3303 | </tr> |
---|
3304 | <tr> |
---|
3305 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3306 | <p><a name="dvrp_output"></a><b>dvrp_output</b></p> |
---|
3307 | </td> |
---|
3308 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*10</td> |
---|
3309 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>'rtsp'</i></td> |
---|
3310 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3311 | <p>Output mode for the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> |
---|
3312 | software. <br> |
---|
3313 | <br> |
---|
3314 | </p> |
---|
3315 | The following settings are allowed:<br> |
---|
3316 | <br> |
---|
3317 | <table style="text-align: left; width: 100%;" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"> |
---|
3318 | <tbody> |
---|
3319 | <tr> |
---|
3320 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>'rtsp'</i></td> |
---|
3321 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Data created by the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> |
---|
3322 | software is transferred using |
---|
3323 | a special transmission protocol to a so-called streaming server, which |
---|
3324 | is able to continuously transfer visualization data with a |
---|
3325 | high transmission rate. <br> |
---|
3326 | Additionally, with this output mode a |
---|
3327 | set of files is generated automatically |
---|
3328 | within a directory on the streaming server (beside the visualization |
---|
3329 | data e.g. some html-files) which can be used to |
---|
3330 | visualize the data via an internet-browser plugin. Host |
---|
3331 | (streaming-server) and directory can be defined by the user with <a href="#dvrp_host">dvrp_host</a> |
---|
3332 | and <a href="#dvrp_directory">dvrp_directory</a>.</td> |
---|
3333 | </tr> |
---|
3334 | <tr> |
---|
3335 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>'ftp'</i></td> |
---|
3336 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Data created by the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> |
---|
3337 | software is transferred to the destination host (see <a href="#dvrp_host">dvrp_host</a> |
---|
3338 | and <a href="#dvrp_directory">dvrp_directory</a>) |
---|
3339 | using ftp.</td> |
---|
3340 | </tr> |
---|
3341 | <tr> |
---|
3342 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>'local'</i></td> |
---|
3343 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Data created by the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> |
---|
3344 | software is output locally on a file defined by <a href="#dvrp_file">dvrp_file |
---|
3345 | </a>.</td> |
---|
3346 | </tr> |
---|
3347 | </tbody> |
---|
3348 | </table> |
---|
3349 | <br> |
---|
3350 | </td> |
---|
3351 | </tr> |
---|
3352 | <tr> |
---|
3353 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3354 | <p><a name="dvrp_password"></a><b>dvrp_password</b></p> |
---|
3355 | </td> |
---|
3356 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*80</td> |
---|
3357 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">'********'</td> |
---|
3358 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3359 | <p>Password for the computer to which data created by the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> software is to be |
---|
3360 | transferred. </p> |
---|
3361 | <p>Assigning a password is only necessary in case of <a href="#dvrp_output">dvrp_output</a> |
---|
3362 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">'ftp'</span>. For <a href="#dvrp_output">dvrp_output</a> |
---|
3363 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">'rtsp'</span><i> </i>the default |
---|
3364 | value must not be changed!</p> |
---|
3365 | </td> |
---|
3366 | </tr> |
---|
3367 | <tr> |
---|
3368 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3369 | <p><a name="dvrp_username"></a><b>dvrp_username</b></p> |
---|
3370 | </td> |
---|
3371 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*80</td> |
---|
3372 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><br> |
---|
3373 | </td> |
---|
3374 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3375 | <p>User name of a valid account on the computer to which data |
---|
3376 | created by the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> software |
---|
3377 | is to be |
---|
3378 | transferred. </p> |
---|
3379 | <p>Assigning a value to this parameter is required in case of <a href="#dvrp_output">dvrp_output</a> |
---|
3380 | = <span style="font-style: italic;">'rtsp'</span> or <span style="font-style: italic;">'ftp'</span>.</p> |
---|
3381 | </td> |
---|
3382 | </tr> |
---|
3383 | <tr> |
---|
3384 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3385 | <p><a name="mode_dvrp"></a><b>mode_dvrp</b></p> |
---|
3386 | </td> |
---|
3387 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*20 <br> |
---|
3388 | (10)</td> |
---|
3389 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * ''</i></td> |
---|
3390 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3391 | <p>Graphical objects (isosurfaces, slicers, particles) which are |
---|
3392 | to be created by the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> |
---|
3393 | software. </p> |
---|
3394 | <p>Several different objects can be assigned simultaneously and |
---|
3395 | will be displayed in the same scene. Allowed values for <span style="font-weight: bold;">mode_dvrp</span> are <span style="font-style: italic;">'isosurface#'</span> |
---|
3396 | (isosurface), <span style="font-style: italic;">'slicer#'</span> |
---|
3397 | (cross sections), and <span style="font-style: italic;">'particles'</span>. |
---|
3398 | Within the strings the hash character ("#") has to be replaced by a |
---|
3399 | digit ≤9. Up to 10 objects |
---|
3400 | can be assigned at the same time, e.g. : </p> |
---|
3401 | <blockquote><b>mode_dvrp</b> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'isosurface2'</span><i>, |
---|
3402 | 'slicer1', |
---|
3403 | 'particles', 'slicer2'</i></blockquote> |
---|
3404 | <p>In this case one isosurface, two cross sections, and particles |
---|
3405 | will be created. The quantities for which an isosurface are to be |
---|
3406 | created have to be selected with |
---|
3407 | the parameter <a href="#data_output">data_output</a>, |
---|
3408 | those for cross sections with <a href="#data_output">data_output</a> |
---|
3409 | (<span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output</span> also determines the |
---|
3410 | orientation of the cross section, thus xy, xz, or yz). Since for <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output</span> lists of variables may be |
---|
3411 | assigned, the digit at the end of the <span style="font-weight: bold;">mode_dvrp</span>-string |
---|
3412 | selects the quantity, which is given |
---|
3413 | at the respective position in the respective list (e.g. <span style="font-style: italic;">'isosurface2'</span> selects the quantity |
---|
3414 | given in the second position of <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output</span>). |
---|
3415 | If e.g. <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output</span> are assigned as <b>data_output</b> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'u_xy'</span><i>, |
---|
3416 | 'w_xz', 'v_yz'</i> and <b>data_output</b> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'pt'</span><i>, |
---|
3417 | 'u', 'w' </i>are |
---|
3418 | indicated, then - assuming the above assignment of <span style="font-weight: bold;">mode_dvrp</span> - an isosurface of u, a |
---|
3419 | horizontal cross section of u and |
---|
3420 | a vertical cross section (xz) of w is created. For locations of the |
---|
3421 | cross sections see <a href="#data_output">data_output</a>. |
---|
3422 | The theshold value for which the isosurface is |
---|
3423 | to be created can be defined with parameter <a href="#threshold">threshold</a>.<br> |
---|
3424 | </p> |
---|
3425 | <p>The vertical extension of the displayed domain is given by <a href="#nz_do3d">nz_do3d</a>.<br> |
---|
3426 | </p> |
---|
3427 | <p>The vertical extension of the displayed domain is given by <a href="#nz_do3d">nz_do3d</a>. </p> |
---|
3428 | <p><b>Assignments of mode_dvrp must correspond to those of data_output |
---|
3429 | and |
---|
3430 | data_output! </b>If e.g. <b>data_output</b> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'pt_xy'</span> |
---|
3431 | and <b>data_output</b> |
---|
3432 | = 'w'<i> </i>was set, then only the digit "1" is allowed for <b>mode_dvrp</b>, |
---|
3433 | thus <span style="font-style: italic;">'isosurface1'</span> and/or <span style="font-style: italic;">'slicer1'</span><i>.</i> </p> |
---|
3434 | <p>Further details about using the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> software are given in <a href="chapter_4.5.7.html">chapter |
---|
3435 | 4.5.7</a>.<br> |
---|
3436 | </p> |
---|
3437 | <b>Note:</b><br> |
---|
3438 | The declaration color charts to be |
---|
3439 | used still have to be given "manually" in subroutine <span style="font-family: monospace;">user_dvrp_coltab</span> (file <tt><font style="font-size: 11pt;" size="2">user_interface.f90</font></tt>). |
---|
3440 | <br> |
---|
3441 | A change of particle colors and/or particle diameters (e.g. according |
---|
3442 | to the local characteristics of the flow field) to be used for the |
---|
3443 | visualization, must be carried out by adding respective code extensions |
---|
3444 | to <tt><font style="font-size: 11pt;" size="2">user_particle_attributes</font></tt> |
---|
3445 | (in file <tt><font style="font-size: 11pt;" size="2">user_interface.f90</font></tt>). </td> |
---|
3446 | </tr> |
---|
3447 | <tr> |
---|
3448 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="slicer_range_limits_dvrp"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">slicer_range_limits_<br> |
---|
3449 | dvrp</span></td> |
---|
3450 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R(2,10)</td> |
---|
3451 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">10 |
---|
3452 | * (-1,1)</span></td> |
---|
3453 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Ranges |
---|
3454 | of values to which a color table has to be mapped (units of the |
---|
3455 | respective quantity).<br> |
---|
3456 | <br> |
---|
3457 | In case that slicers have to be displayed (see <a href="#threshold">mode_dvrp</a>), |
---|
3458 | this parameter defines the ranges of values of the respective |
---|
3459 | quantities to which the colortable in use has to be mapped. If e.g. a |
---|
3460 | temperature slice shall be displayed, the colortable defines colors |
---|
3461 | from blue to red, and <span style="font-weight: bold;">slicer_range_limits_dvrp</span> |
---|
3462 | = 290.0, 305.0 then areas with temperature of 290 K are displayed in |
---|
3463 | dark blue and those with 305.0 are displayed in dark red. Temperatures |
---|
3464 | within these limits will be displayed by a continuous color gradient |
---|
3465 | from blue to red and Temperatures outside the limits will |
---|
3466 | be displayed either in dark blue or in dark red.<br> |
---|
3467 | <br> |
---|
3468 | Up to ten different ranges can be assigned in case that more than one |
---|
3469 | slicer has to be displayed.<br> |
---|
3470 | <br> |
---|
3471 | See <a href="#threshold">mode_dvrp</a> |
---|
3472 | for the declaration of color charts.</td> |
---|
3473 | </tr> |
---|
3474 | <tr> |
---|
3475 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3476 | <p><a name="superelevation"></a><b>superelevation</b></p> |
---|
3477 | </td> |
---|
3478 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
3479 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>1.0</i></td> |
---|
3480 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3481 | <p>Superelevation factor for the vertical coordinate. </p> |
---|
3482 | <p>For domains with unfavorable ratio between the vertical and |
---|
3483 | the horizontal size |
---|
3484 | (the vertical size is determined by <a href="#nz_do3d">nz_do3d</a>) |
---|
3485 | a <span style="font-weight: bold;">superelevation</span> /= <span style="font-style: italic;">1.0</span> may be used. If e.g. the |
---|
3486 | horizontal size is substantially larger |
---|
3487 | than the vertical size, a <span style="font-weight: bold;">superelevation</span> |
---|
3488 | much larger than <span style="font-style: italic;">1.0</span> should |
---|
3489 | be used, since otherwise the domain appears as a |
---|
3490 | "flat disk" in the visualization and thus the vertical direction is |
---|
3491 | only very poorly resolved.</p> |
---|
3492 | </td> |
---|
3493 | </tr> |
---|
3494 | <tr> |
---|
3495 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3496 | <p><a name="superelevation_x"></a><b>superelevation_x</b></p> |
---|
3497 | </td> |
---|
3498 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
3499 | </td> |
---|
3500 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">1.0<br> |
---|
3501 | </td> |
---|
3502 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3503 | <p>Superelevation factor for the horizontal (x) coordinate. |
---|
3504 | </p> |
---|
3505 | <p>This parameter can be used to stretch the displayed domain |
---|
3506 | along the x-direction. See also <a href="#superelevation">superelevation</a>.</p> |
---|
3507 | </td> |
---|
3508 | </tr> |
---|
3509 | <tr> |
---|
3510 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3511 | <p><a name="superelevation_y"></a><b>superelevation_y</b></p> |
---|
3512 | </td> |
---|
3513 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
3514 | </td> |
---|
3515 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">1.0<br> |
---|
3516 | </td> |
---|
3517 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">Superelevation factor for the |
---|
3518 | horizontal (y) coordinate. |
---|
3519 | <p>This parameter can be used to |
---|
3520 | stretch the displayed domain along the y-direction. See also <a href="#superelevation">superelevation</a>.</p> |
---|
3521 | </td> |
---|
3522 | </tr> |
---|
3523 | <tr> |
---|
3524 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3525 | <p><a name="threshold"></a><b>threshold</b></p> |
---|
3526 | </td> |
---|
3527 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R(10)<br> |
---|
3528 | </td> |
---|
3529 | <td style="vertical-align: top; font-style: italic;">0.0<br> |
---|
3530 | </td> |
---|
3531 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3532 | <p>Threshold value for which an isosurface is to be created by |
---|
3533 | the <span style="font-weight: bold;">dvrp</span> software. </p> |
---|
3534 | <p>If the creation of isosurfaces is switched on via |
---|
3535 | parameter <a href="#mode_dvrp">mode_dvrp</a>, |
---|
3536 | then the respective threshold value for which the isosurface is to be |
---|
3537 | created can be assigned via <b>threshold</b>. If several isosurfaces |
---|
3538 | are given by <b>mode_dvrp</b>, then an individual threshold value for |
---|
3539 | each isosurface can be assigned. The order of the threshold values |
---|
3540 | refers to the order of the isosurfaces given by <b>mode_dvrp</b>.</p> |
---|
3541 | </td> |
---|
3542 | </tr> |
---|
3543 | </tbody> |
---|
3544 | </table> |
---|
3545 | <span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br> |
---|
3546 | </span></span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Package (<span style="font-weight: bold;">mrun</span> |
---|
3547 | option -p): <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a name="spectra"></a>spectra</span> |
---|
3548 | NAMELIST group name: <span style="font-weight: bold;">spectra_par<br> |
---|
3549 | <br> |
---|
3550 | </span></span></span> |
---|
3551 | <table style="text-align: left; width: 100%;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2"> |
---|
3552 | <tbody> |
---|
3553 | <tr> |
---|
3554 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="4"><b>Parameter name</b></font></td> |
---|
3555 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="4"><b>Type</b></font></td> |
---|
3556 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3557 | <p><b><font size="4">Default</font></b> <br> |
---|
3558 | <b><font size="4">value</font></b></p> |
---|
3559 | </td> |
---|
3560 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="4"><b>Explanation</b></font></td> |
---|
3561 | </tr> |
---|
3562 | <tr> |
---|
3563 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3564 | <p><a name="averaging_interval_sp"></a><b>averaging_interval_sp</b></p> |
---|
3565 | </td> |
---|
3566 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
3567 | </td> |
---|
3568 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#averaging_interval">averaging_<br> |
---|
3569 | interval</a></span> |
---|
3570 | </td> |
---|
3571 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3572 | <p>Averaging interval for spectra output to local |
---|
3573 | file <font color="#000000"><font color="#000000"><a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_1D_SP_NETCDF">DATA_1D_SP_NETCDF</a> </font></font>and/or <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOTSP_X_DATA">PLOTSP_X_DATA</a> |
---|
3574 | / <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOTSP_Y_DATA">PLOTSP_Y_DATA</a> (in s). </p> |
---|
3575 | <p>If |
---|
3576 | this parameter is given a non-zero value, temporally |
---|
3577 | averaged spectra data are output. By default, spectra data data are not |
---|
3578 | subject to temporal averaging. The interval length is limited by the |
---|
3579 | parameter <a href="#dt_dosp">dt_dosp</a>. In any case <b>averaging_interval_sp</b> <= <b>dt_dosp </b>must |
---|
3580 | hold.</p>If an interval is defined, then by default the average is calculated |
---|
3581 | from the data values of all timesteps lying within this interval. The |
---|
3582 | number of time levels entering into the average can be reduced with the |
---|
3583 | parameter <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_averaging_input_pr">dt_averaging_input_pr</a>. |
---|
3584 | <p>If |
---|
3585 | an averaging interval can not be completed at the end of a run, it will |
---|
3586 | be finished at the beginning of the next restart run. Thus for restart |
---|
3587 | runs, averaging intervals do not |
---|
3588 | necessarily begin at the beginning of the run.</p></td> |
---|
3589 | </tr> |
---|
3590 | <tr> |
---|
3591 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><b><a name="comp_spectra_level"></a>comp_spectra_level</b></td> |
---|
3592 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I(10)</td> |
---|
3593 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>no level</i></td> |
---|
3594 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3595 | <p>Vertical level for which horizontal spectra are to be |
---|
3596 | calculated and output (gridpoints).<br> |
---|
3597 | </p> |
---|
3598 | <br> |
---|
3599 | Spectra can be calculated for up to ten levels.</td> |
---|
3600 | </tr> |
---|
3601 | <tr><td style="vertical-align: top;"><p><a name="data_output_sp"></a><b>data_output_sp</b></p></td><td style="vertical-align: top;">C*10 (10)</td><td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * ' '</i></td><td style="vertical-align: top;"><p>Quantities for which horizontal spectra are to be calculated |
---|
3602 | and output.</p> |
---|
3603 | <p>Allowed values are: <b>data_output_sp</b> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'u'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'v'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'w'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'pt'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'q'</span>.<br> |
---|
3604 | </p> |
---|
3605 | <p>Spectra are calculated using the FFT-method defined by <a href="chapter_4.1.html#fft_method">fft_method</a>.</p> |
---|
3606 | <p>By default spectra data are output to the local file <a href="chapter_3.4.html#DATA_1D_SP_NETCDF">DATA_1D_SP_NETCDF</a>. The file's format is NetCDF. Further details about processing NetCDF data are given in chapter <a href="chapter_4.5.1.html">4.5.1</a>.</p><p>The temporal interval of the output times of profiles is |
---|
3607 | assigned via the parameter <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_dosp">dt_dosp</a>. </p><p>The vertical levels for which spectra are to be computed and output must be given by parameter <font><a href="chapter_4.2.html#comp_spectra_level"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">comp_spectra_level</font></span></a></font>. |
---|
3608 | </p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</span><br> |
---|
3609 | Beside <span style="font-weight: bold;">data_output_sp</span>, values <span style="font-weight: bold;">must</span> be given for each of the |
---|
3610 | parameters, <font><a href="chapter_4.2.html#comp_spectra_level"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">comp_spectra_level</font></span></a></font>, |
---|
3611 | and <font><a href="chapter_4.2.html#spectra_direction"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">spectra_direction</font></span></a></font>, |
---|
3612 | otherwise <span style="font-weight: bold;">no</span> output will be |
---|
3613 | created!<br><br><br> |
---|
3614 | Calculation of spectra requires cyclic boundary conditions |
---|
3615 | along the respective directions (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#bc_lr">bc_lr</a> |
---|
3616 | and <a href="chapter_4.1.html#bc_ns">bc_ns</a>).For historical reasons, data can also be output in ASCII-format on local files <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOTSP_X_DATA">PLOTSP_X_DATA</a> |
---|
3617 | and/or <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOTSP_Y_DATA">PLOTSP_Y_DATA</a> (depending on the direction(s) along which spectra are to be calculated; see <font><a href="chapter_4.2.html#spectra_direction"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">spectra_direction</font></span></a>),</font> |
---|
3618 | which are readable by the graphic software <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. See parameter <a href="chapter_4.2.html#data_output_format">data_output_format</a> for defining the format in which data shall be output. Within these file, the spectra are ordered with respect to their |
---|
3619 | output times. Spectra can also be temporally averaged (see <a href="chapter_4.2.html#averaging_interval_sp">averaging_interval_sp</a> |
---|
3620 | ). <font><a href="chapter_4.2.html#spectra_direction"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a>Each data point of a spectrum is output in a single line (1st column: |
---|
3621 | wavenumber, 2nd column: spectral coefficient). If spectra are to be |
---|
3622 | calculated and output for more than one height (see </font><font><a href="chapter_4.2.html#comp_spectra_level"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">comp_spectra_level</font></span></a></font><font>), |
---|
3623 | the spectral coefficients for the further heighs can be found in the |
---|
3624 | subsequent columns. </font>The order |
---|
3625 | of the data in the file follows the order used in the assignment for <b>data_output_sp</b> |
---|
3626 | (<b>data_output_sp</b> = <span style="font-style: italic;">'u'</span>, <span style="font-style: italic;">'v'</span>,… |
---|
3627 | means that the file starts with the spectra of the u-component, |
---|
3628 | followed by the v-component spectra, etc.). Additional to the files PLOTSP_X_DATA and PLOTSP_Y_DATA which contain |
---|
3629 | the data, |
---|
3630 | PALM creates NAMELIST parameter files (local name <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOTSP_X_PAR">PLOTSP_X_PAR</a> |
---|
3631 | and <a href="chapter_3.4.html#PLOTSP_X_PAR">PLOTSP_Y_PAR</a>) |
---|
3632 | which can be used as parameter input file for the plot software <a href="http://www.muk.uni-hannover.de/institut/software/profil_intro.html">profil</a>. |
---|
3633 | Spectra can be directly plotted with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span> |
---|
3634 | using the data and the corresponding parameter file. The |
---|
3635 | plot layout is |
---|
3636 | steered via the parameter input file. The vertical levels for which |
---|
3637 | spectra are to be plotted must be given by <font><a href="chapter_4.2.html#plot_spectra_level"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">plot_spectra_level</font></span></a></font><font><a href="chapter_4.2.html#comp_spectra_level"><span lang="en-GB"></span></a></font>. |
---|
3638 | <span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>Otherwise, no spectra |
---|
3639 | will appear on the plot, although data are available on file. All |
---|
3640 | parameter values can be changed by editing the parameter |
---|
3641 | input |
---|
3642 | file.<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br></span></td></tr><tr> |
---|
3643 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3644 | <p><a name="dt_dosp"></a><b>dt_dosp</b></p> |
---|
3645 | </td> |
---|
3646 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R</td> |
---|
3647 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#dt_data_output">dt_data_<br>output</a></i></td> |
---|
3648 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3649 | <p>Temporal interval at which spectra data shall be output |
---|
3650 | (in s). </p> |
---|
3651 | <p><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">If output of |
---|
3652 | horizontal spectra is switched on (see </font></span><a href="#data_output_sp"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">data_output_sp</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">), </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">this parameter can be used to |
---|
3653 | assign the temporal interval at which spectral data shall be |
---|
3654 | output. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Output can be skipped at the beginning of a simulation using parameter <a href="#skip_time_dosp">skip_time_dosp</a>, which has zero value by default. </font></span><span lang="en-GB"></span><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">Reference |
---|
3655 | time is the beginning of |
---|
3656 | the simulation, i.e. output takes place at times t = <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_dosp</span> + <b>dt_dosp</b>, |
---|
3657 | <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_dosp</span> + 2*<b>dt_dosp</b>, skip_time_dosp + 3*<b>dt_dosp</b>, etc. The actual output times can |
---|
3658 | deviate from these theoretical values (see </font></span><a href="#dt_dopr_zeitpunkte"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt_dopr</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">). If <b>dt_dosp</b> < </font></span><a href="chapter_4.1.html#dt"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">dt</font></span></a><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">, then spectral data are output |
---|
3659 | after each time step (if this is requested it should be <b>dt_dosp</b> |
---|
3660 | = <i>0</i>).</font></span> </p> |
---|
3661 | </td> |
---|
3662 | </tr> |
---|
3663 | <tr> |
---|
3664 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3665 | <p><a name="plot_spectra_level"></a><b>plot_spectra_level</b></p> |
---|
3666 | </td> |
---|
3667 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">I(10)</td> |
---|
3668 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>no level</i></td> |
---|
3669 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3670 | <p>Vertical level(s) for which horizontal spectra are to be |
---|
3671 | plotted (in gridpoints). </p> |
---|
3672 | <p>This parameter only affects the display of spectra in plots |
---|
3673 | created with <span style="font-weight: bold;">profil</span>. The |
---|
3674 | spectral data created and output to file are exclusively determined via |
---|
3675 | <font><a href="#comp_spectra_level"><span lang="en-GB"><font face="Thorndale">comp_spectra_level</font></span></a></font>.</p> |
---|
3676 | </td> |
---|
3677 | </tr> |
---|
3678 | |
---|
3679 | <tr> |
---|
3680 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><a name="skip_time_dosp"></a><span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_dosp</span></td> |
---|
3681 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">R<br> |
---|
3682 | </td> |
---|
3683 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-style: italic;">value of <a href="chapter_4.2.html#skip_time_data_output">skip_time_<br>data_output</a></span> |
---|
3684 | </td> |
---|
3685 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">No output of spectra data before this interval has passed (in s).<br><br>This |
---|
3686 | parameter causes that data output activities are starting not before this interval |
---|
3687 | (counting from the beginning of the simulation, t=0) has passed. <br><br><span style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</span><br>If the user has set <a href="#dt_dosp">dt_dosp</a> = <span style="font-style: italic;">3600.0</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">skip_time_dosp</span> = <span style="font-style: italic;">1800.0</span>, then the first output will be done at t = 5400 s. |
---|
3688 | </td> |
---|
3689 | </tr> |
---|
3690 | <tr> |
---|
3691 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3692 | <p><a name="spectra_direction"></a><b>spectra_direction</b></p> |
---|
3693 | </td> |
---|
3694 | <td style="vertical-align: top;">C*2 (10)</td> |
---|
3695 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"><i>10 * ' '</i></td> |
---|
3696 | <td style="vertical-align: top;"> |
---|
3697 | <p>Direction(s) along which spectra are to be calculated. </p> |
---|
3698 | <p>Allowed values are <span style="font-style: italic;">'x'</span>, |
---|
3699 | <span style="font-style: italic;">'y'</span> and <span style="font-style: italic;">'xy'</span>. For |
---|
3700 | every quantity given by <a href="#data_output_sp">data_output_sp</a> |
---|
3701 | a corresponding |
---|
3702 | direction<span style="font-weight: bold;"> </span>must be assigned.<br> |
---|
3703 | </p> |
---|
3704 | <p>Calculation of spectra requires cyclic boundary conditions |
---|
3705 | along the respective directions (see <a href="chapter_4.1.html#bc_lr">bc_lr</a> |
---|
3706 | and <a href="chapter_4.1.html#bc_ns">bc_ns</a>).</p> |
---|
3707 | </td> |
---|
3708 | </tr> |
---|
3709 | </tbody> |
---|
3710 | </table> |
---|
3711 | <span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br> |
---|
3712 | </span></span></span> |
---|
3713 | <h3 style="line-height: 100%;"><br> |
---|
3714 | <a href="chapter_4.1.html"><img src="left.gif" name="Grafik1" align="bottom" border="2" height="32" width="32"></a><a href="index.html"><img src="up.gif" name="Grafik2" align="bottom" border="2" height="32" width="32"></a><a href="chapter_4.3.html"><img src="right.gif" name="Grafik3" align="bottom" border="2" height="32" width="32"></a></h3> |
---|
3715 | <span style="font-style: italic;">Last change:</span> 22/08/06 (SR)<span style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br> |
---|
3716 | </span></span> |
---|
3717 | <br> |
---|
3718 | </body></html> |
---|